RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to The 5th Age Divergent

00:34, 2nd May 2024 (GMT+0)

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons.

Posted by EruFor group 0
Eru
GM, 801 posts
Mon 16 Oct 2017
at 02:09
  • msg #1

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Kairo-uonar allows Toben and Ryland to climb up.  Ferb scrambles up as well.  Shock has a little bit of trouble with Klale, but Gwaelind helps with a bit of wind.  Ano follows and is seated behind the blacksmith.  With admonitions to relax, that the dragons knew how to keep the riders aboard, they launch into the air.  Gawelind and Delunar follow on wind and wings.

The flight from the mountains to the west started cold and stayed that way even when the dragons glided down out of the mountain tops.  Though the wind whistled past at a rapid pace, the dragon's were able to project their voices through the air and their bodies so that they could be heard.  It did not take long before the passengers realized their normal speaking voices could be heard by the dragons as well, if not each other.

Kairo-uonar and Shock explained to their respective riders that the trip would take two days.  Their path to the Withered Heath and even the Heath itself were in the northern reaches of the world and remained cold.  However, they explained, a couple of the volcanoes ringing the Heath had become active in recent years, so it would not be unbearable within the maw of those mountains surrounding it.

At the end of the next day, the dragons landed near a pleasant lakeside.  The water was clean and clear.  Fish swam near the surface, oblivious to the predators lurking on the bank.  The dragons helped create a solid campfire out of stones and limbs from a copse of nearby trees.  They also supplied fish - lots of fish - for dinner.  Once the food was well on its way to being finished, the pleasant ambiance turned to talk.
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 18 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Mon 16 Oct 2017
at 02:22
  • msg #2

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delnuar takes a seat on a nearby flat rock.  She takes a delicate first bite of one of the fish and her eyes rise in surprise.  With a smile, she devours the fish with gusto.  Four more follow.  By the time she is sated, Gawelind is chuckling.  She gives him an embarrassed smile and deflects by turning to the adventurers.

"You have questions for me.  I am ready to answer.  No lies this time."
Klale Tsolo
player, 944 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 16 Oct 2017
at 02:27
  • msg #3

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

[ I'm assuming the trip had breaks...otherwise...stinky poo.]

Klale thanks the dragons and takes the opportunity to wash himself and his clothes, and see to his armor and weapons. He is happy to eat and eat and eat and then sleep and sleep. However, he is awake for the questions; he apparently has a lest one, but waits.
Ano
player, 640 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Tue 17 Oct 2017
at 13:55
  • msg #4

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano sits with the others and eats little.  After thinking for some time he asks the question  he has been holding into since the battle. He looks at Delunaur "Before we fought the discord you referred to us a dragon masters.  What did you mean?"
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 19 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Wed 18 Oct 2017
at 11:43
  • msg #5

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delunar tilts her head.  "I sense the power of the dragon in you, Ano.  There is fire and earth flowing through your spirit.  You have the ability to tap into the spirit of dragons and draw on that to do wondrous things.  Though you will not 'control' dragons, as you might infer from the name, you will master the dragon spirit within yourself and connect to any others you may come into contact with should they allow that connection."

She closes her eyes and reaches out a hand for Ano's.  "May I?  I'd like to know a little more about the dragon you have already connected with.  It is a powerful one."
Ano
player, 641 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 18 Oct 2017
at 14:06
  • msg #6

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano holds out his hand. " He was young.  His name was Kornari"
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 20 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Wed 18 Oct 2017
at 15:04
  • msg #7

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delunar grasps Ano's hand gently.  Her eyes go wide and her grip becomes more firm, even slightly painful.  A nimbus of flame explodes around her, surrounding her, but not harming Ano or anyone.  "It cannot be!  The spawn of Smaug lives!  Duath'gur was hiding something."  She lets go of Ano as the flames die down, a deep frown on her face.  "Kornari, you say?  What happened to him?"
Klale Tsolo
player, 945 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 18 Oct 2017
at 18:34
  • msg #8

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale becomes alert but waits for Ano to speak.
Ano
player, 642 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 18 Oct 2017
at 21:05
  • msg #9

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano hangs his head "he was lost to us.  We do not know what became of him after one of our battles"
Ryland Vance
player, 186 posts
Human
Bard
Wed 18 Oct 2017
at 23:08
  • msg #10

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Perhaps your dragon friend is at the Heath. Tell me, does the place function like some sort of migratory area? Dragon kind are driven by instinct to the place, like water fowl to the south lands?"
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1284 posts
Human
Scholar
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 00:21
  • msg #11

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Similar to the others, Toben takes his time recovering from the journey and cleaning up. He spends an inordinate amount of time by the water after freshening himself up. Perhaps in meditation, possibly contemplating all that transpired in the recent weeks, or maybe he was just staring blankly out over the water. Whatever the case may be, well into the conversation the others were having with Delunaur, he rouses himself, grabs some of the fish provided, and joins everyone else.

"Thank you for providing our meal", he says as he tosses a healthy portion to Ferb. "I couldn't help but overhear mention of Kornari. He was quite a character, wasn't he, but we lost track of him shortly before reaching the Duke's castle."

He looks over to the fiery lady. "What sort of connection do you think Kornari has to Duath'gur?"
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 5 posts
Dragon
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 00:51
  • msg #12

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shock stands at Ryland's question and stomps toward him.  She lowers her face to his to speak.  "We are not birds, little man.  We do not...migrate."  The dragon holds her face there for a moment longer, a matter of emphasis.  Then she returns to her spot near Kairo'uonar and very much like a cat, circles a few times before settling in.

"The Withered Heath is no longer what its name suggests.  Once we were freed from the Dark Fang's power, the dragons began to transform the Heath into a land more to our individual tastes.  We have quite literally moved mountains to accommodate all of us, allowing each of us to have our own territory.  Now, the land has multiple biomes within the mountain barriers.  We have stayed in the Heath because if mankind knew we still existed, there would be war.  Most of us have rejected wholesale the desires of the Dark Fang, and so wonton killing is no longer in our nature or desires.  We stayed in the Heath for your protection."
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 20 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 01:23
  • msg #13

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delunar listens to Shock speak.  When she is done, she turns to Toben.  "I am unsure of what the connection is, though based on what I learned from Ano, I imagine it was not pleasant for Kornari.  We - that is, the other Dischords and I - knew that Duath'gar was the most powerful among us.  Yet he seemed far beyond the power of a Maia.  His favor with my master was ill at best, so we concluded that power did not come from him.  My conjecture is that somehow Duath'gur was drawing power from Kornari in some way.  However, a young whelp - even the scion of Smaug - would not explain the enormous strength Duath'gur has compared to the rest of us."

Delunar looks back toward the Soul's Rest Mountains and takes a deep breath before letting it out slowly.  "I would have defeated that avatar, but it would have taken me some time to do it.  It is difficult for you to imagine what that means should you face the real Dischord of Earth.  It is likely that he would have simply turned you all to stone with a thought and have done with you."
This message was last updated by the player at 01:23, Thu 19 Oct 2017.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1285 posts
Human
Scholar
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 01:16
  • msg #14

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben nods as Delunuar as she speaks. "Given the circumstances surrounding both Ceven's and Kornari's rescue from Duath'gur's grasp, perhaps the imbalance in power is the combination of the two. Maybe even more? There's no telling how many other higher beings he could be siphoning energy from."
Ryland Vance
player, 187 posts
Human
Bard
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 01:20
  • msg #15

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland shrinks back ever so slightly from Shock's advance, though meet's her stern gaze with a smirk. "It was purely a question of academia, not one meant to offend. It's not like I have a manual for the where's and the why's of dragons after all".
Kairo'uonar
Player, 7 posts
Dragon
Fighter
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 11:36
  • msg #16

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Kairo'uonar chuckles.  "Perhaps you should write one, friend Ryland."
Ryland Vance
player, 188 posts
Human
Bard
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 21:00
  • msg #17

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Perhaps I shall" says Ryland, pondering the thought and rummaging through his things only to come up short handed on a means to record and document.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1286 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 20 Oct 2017
at 02:39
  • msg #18

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"So, if we're speaking candidly here, can you tell us more about what we're up against? Melkor, Duath'gur, Basarshakath, some unseen trickster of minds." He looks at Delunaur and Gwaelind and asks, "What roles do you two play in all this? Frankly, I thought we were going to have a much bigger problem with you, Delunaur."
Klale Tsolo
player, 946 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 20 Oct 2017
at 05:37
  • msg #19

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Kornari was small when imprisoned. He has not been unfriendly to us, though he was mulling over how we might serve hem when he came to rule the world. He many have thought he was unique; we dindn't know otherwise. He has fought for us a few times between appearances. It's been quite a while since we've seen him. I don't know how fast dragons grow, but it seems to me he sprouts as spring weed, with a weed's toughness.

I bode we'll meet him...nature is nature—copper, iron, tin are different—But there's something to friendship and making one's own decisions too.

Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 13 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Fri 20 Oct 2017
at 11:31
  • msg #20

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Delunar is not your enemy.  If anything, she has been an inside source for us working against the Fallen One.  She-"  Gwaelind's voice is not angry, but definitely passionate.
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 21 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Fri 20 Oct 2017
at 11:51
  • msg #21

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delunar placed a gentle hand on Gawelind's arm to stop him.  "It is a fair question that the young wizard asks.  As to my role in all of this, I had been an enemy, second only to Duath'gur in might in service to my master.  I relished in destruction and when we were locked away at the end of the first age during the War of Wrath when our master was cast into the Void.  When my master began his return into the world, we were freed from our prison.  Unsure as to what Eru Iluvatar would do, we bided our time, waiting to sabotage whatever efforts the Creator made."  Her eyes were cast down, guilt and sorrow evident on her face for her part.

"When the Stars came to Middle Earth, we were ready.  As they took mortal forms, we altered their entry into the world, caused them to crash and then imprisoned them through various means.  Duath'gur was the captor for Ceven and Gwaelind, but I was Gwaelin'd jailor.  I taunted him almost daily, but he returned my hatred with love..."  She looked over at Gwaelind who took her hand and smiled encouragement.  "Love won me over, but I was still chained to my master.  So I had to continue a charade as a servant looking for a way to be freed.  The dragon, Uoanar, presented that opportunity in the tome you now hold.  It contains a rite that will free me from my service and grant to me one single choice.  An act of free will the Ainur don't typically have after my master's betrayal.  I will chose to bind myself eternally to Eru Iluvatar if He will forgive my transgressions and welcome me back as a Maia."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1287 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 20 Oct 2017
at 13:12
  • msg #22

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben sits quietly and listens to her speak. He thinks upon her words for a while before responding. "I feel that your intentions are true and sincere. If I can, I will help in your transition back to the light, to become the Song of Fire once more. Though this tome is cursed, it appears that perhaps some of us are not affected by its protection."

He looks over to Shock, the one who first told him about the dark magic protecting the book. "When Torak first inspected the book, I expected the worst, but nothing happened. I looked through it as well to the same avail. It was risky, but it paid off. I'll need help with the translation in order to know how to proceed."
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 22 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Fri 20 Oct 2017
at 15:17
  • msg #23

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delunar holds up a hand.  "Oh, I'm not the Song of Fire.  Never was.  Naurel is the Song of Fire.  He's with the dragons in the Heath.  We're about to met him.  But...thank you.
 Thank you for believing me and for your help.
"
This message was last edited by the player at 01:32, Mon 23 Oct 2017.
Ryland Vance
player, 189 posts
Human
Bard
Sat 21 Oct 2017
at 01:34
  • msg #24

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"You never had me fooled, even for a minute. I've always believed in you, from first sight. I said to my self, I said 'Ryland Vance, that there is an absolutely beauti- benevolent being in front of you, with a fire that will illuminate the brilliant pyres of our enemies, and the hope for us all'. Or.. something like that, rather".

21:33, Today: Ryland Vance rolled 21 using 1d20+13.  bluff
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 23 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Mon 23 Oct 2017
at 01:40
  • msg #25

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delunar gives Ryland a half-smile.  "You're incorrigible.  You know that, right?"  She folds her hand in Gwaelind's and leans again him as she continues to answer Toben.

"I imagine that the curse you sense on the tome is aimed at beings like myself, the very ones who would seek to use it.  If you read the instructions to us, Gwaelind and I can help you prepare the ritual without having to read the tome ourselves."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1288 posts
Human
Scholar
Mon 23 Oct 2017
at 13:28
  • msg #26

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben nods. "Is this something you expect we should do here, or wait until we reach the Heath?"
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 14 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Mon 23 Oct 2017
at 14:35
  • msg #27

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"A ritual of this power will require time, security, and supplies we simply do not have in this place.  We should get some sleep and proceed to the Heath.  The dragons there, at least those Shock is aligned with, will provide protection enough and supplies."  He looks around at the group and then at Delunar.  "I will keep watch this night with the dragons.  Please, get rest while there is rest to be had."
Ano
player, 643 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Mon 23 Oct 2017
at 19:16
  • msg #28

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano makes his way over to Toben. "perhaps we should ask Kairo'uonar about some of the things we found in his father's horde.  He may have some idea about what they are.
Ryland Vance
player, 190 posts
Human
Bard
Mon 23 Oct 2017
at 23:23
  • msg #29

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland looks down at the banjo sitting next to him and recalls he has no idea exactly what it does, and nods in agreement with Ano.
Klale Tsolo
player, 947 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 24 Oct 2017
at 06:05
  • msg #30

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale follows the excellent advice; it's been a long and somewhat eventful day.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1289 posts
Human
Scholar
Wed 25 Oct 2017
at 14:17
  • msg #31

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben nods in agreement. "He would certainly have some insight, however, the only things I collected was the tome and this crystalline key." He pulls out the key used to unlock Kairo.

"I don't exactly recall what everyone else took from that room. It was all quite a blur."
Ano
player, 644 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 25 Oct 2017
at 16:41
  • msg #32

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano digs in his pack and pulls out a mask and 3 metal rods "I have these"
Ryland Vance
player, 191 posts
Human
Bard
Fri 27 Oct 2017
at 11:57
  • msg #33

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Say, Kairo" inquires Ryland. "Could we bother you to have a look at what we've found? Certainly if anyone knows about these items it would be you".
Kairo'uonar
Player, 8 posts
Dragon
Fighter
Fri 27 Oct 2017
at 13:24
  • msg #34

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Kairo'uonar rises and walks over to Ryland and the others.  He lowers his head to examine the items.  "Hmm, these are from my father's horde.  I honestly never met him or saw his horde, but perhaps I can still help.  Let me see the rods."

When Ano holds up the rods, the young dragon's eyes narrow.  He obviously does not know the words he reads.  "Jakartis, Malfandar, Dragonhaste?"
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 6 posts
Dragon
Fri 27 Oct 2017
at 13:27
  • msg #35

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Those are the names of dragons, artificers who learned from dwarves and elves in the second age.  Prisoners most likely.  Those rods are very old."  Shock does not bother to open her eyes as she explains.  "Hold a rod in any place in the air or on the ground that you want and speak the name on the rod with a will for the rod to remain as you have positioned it."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1290 posts
Human
Scholar
Sat 28 Oct 2017
at 02:07
  • msg #36

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben puts the book away for the time being and takes a better look at the crystalline key. "Aside from the obvious, it appears to be some sort of polymorphic skeleton key. Is there anything else you can make of it?"
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 7 posts
Dragon
Mon 30 Oct 2017
at 00:00
  • msg #37

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shock peers closely at the key.  Then, with Toben's permission, casts a number of spells at it, including a pretty impressive lightning bolt.  Each time, the spell seems to shrink or fade as it touches the key, leaving the key unharmed, unchanged even.  "Very interesting.  That is a powerful artifact.  I'm not sure what all it does, and an identifying spell won't work on it.  The key negates magic of all types.  However, it may have a magic of its own not affected by the anti-magic field surrounding it.  Such a key would negate any magic binding a lock the key is inserted into.  A marvelous treasure indeed."

Her eyes narrow contemplatively as she reluctantly hands the key back to Toben.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1291 posts
Human
Scholar
Mon 30 Oct 2017
at 00:27
  • msg #38

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Tobe nods appreciatively. "Certainly explains how it freed Kairo." He thinks for a moment, and even eyes Klale. "Imagine if such a thing was forged with a suit of armor or shield."
Ryland Vance
player, 192 posts
Human
Bard
Mon 30 Oct 2017
at 20:43
  • msg #39

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland produces his banjo. "Pardon, Shock. Could you tell me anything about this? We identified it had some sort or another magic property when we found it, but figuring out what it is, is far beyond my skill".
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 8 posts
Dragon
Mon 30 Oct 2017
at 21:16
  • msg #40

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The blue dragon moves her head over to Ryland and peers at the banjo.  "It's got some kind of strong enchantment capability, but I don't recall any lore that fits this particular device.  Perhaps if you were to play something on it?"
This message was last edited by the player at 21:16, Mon 30 Oct 2017.
Ryland Vance
player, 193 posts
Human
Bard
Mon 30 Oct 2017
at 23:03
  • msg #41

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland runs his fingers along the strings, getting a feel for the instrument. "It's not quite what I'm accustomed to, but I believe I can work with this. Here's a little tune by the famous bards "Crossbows and Petunias", called Paradise City".

18:39, Today: Ryland Vance rolled 31 using 1d20+13.  perform check
Eru
GM, 804 posts
Thu 2 Nov 2017
at 20:37
  • msg #42

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The song is a rousing song, even if a little one dimensional on a single instrument.  The effect, however, is evident to everyone.  A slight red glow surrounds all those present except the dragons and the Maiar.  The music washes away doubt, confusion, and makes everyone feel as if they could take on a horde of evil together.

[Effectively it grants everyone Ryland's CHA mod as a bonus to Attack (including spell attacks), Will Saves, and Skill Checks involving INT, WIS, or CHA.]
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:04, Thu 02 Nov 2017.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1292 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 3 Nov 2017
at 13:29
  • msg #43

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"That's quite the little ditty." Toben walks over to Ryland and takes a quick look at the instrument. "That'll certainly come in handy for one of your talents."

He looks back to Gwaelind and Delunaur. "I'd like to start understanding this text a bit more. Which of you would be best suited to help translate this tome as I start going through it?"
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 15 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Fri 3 Nov 2017
at 13:37
  • msg #44

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Neither.  The curse would affect either of us because of our nature."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1293 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 3 Nov 2017
at 13:45
  • msg #45

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I was under the impression the curse would only be set off if you opened and read it. Do you think me reading it aloud and you translating my words would set off the curse?"
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 16 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Fri 3 Nov 2017
at 14:41
  • msg #46

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Hmmm.  That is not a chance I'd like to take here.  I imagine you could copy the text and I could help you translate it that way.  Your scribing would have to be exact, though."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1294 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 3 Nov 2017
at 15:53
  • msg #47

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben nods. "Understood. We can follow up on this more once we get to the Heath."
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 17 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Wed 8 Nov 2017
at 04:25
  • msg #48

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Unless there are more questions, you folks should get some sleep.  Delunar and I will stand guard, though the dragons will no doubt remain aware of their surroundings whether they sleep or not."  Gwaelind gives a nod of respect to the dragons.

Shock gives a toothy smile in confirmation.
Ano
player, 645 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 8 Nov 2017
at 04:57
  • msg #49

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Satisfied with the answers they received Ano spends a bit of time meditating before bed.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1295 posts
Human
Scholar
Wed 8 Nov 2017
at 13:47
  • msg #50

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben nods. "I see a lot of long nights up ahead, might as well stock up on sleep for the time being."
Ryland Vance
player, 194 posts
Human
Bard
Wed 8 Nov 2017
at 15:35
  • msg #51

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Agreed" says Ryland as he unpacks his bedroll and settles in.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:35, Wed 08 Nov 2017.
Eru
GM, 805 posts
Thu 9 Nov 2017
at 02:22
  • msg #52

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The night passes uneventful, but there is a strange mixture of fear and peace in the camp.  Two dragons, a Dark Maia, and the Song of Wind represented so much power that it was difficult to conceive of anything attempting to attack the camp.  Yet that same power held so much unknown quality backed by legends that did not lend themselves to favor any but Gawelind.

Nonetheless, the morning came with biscuits, sausage, and eggs for those who ate such, and a more plant oriented variety of berries and tubers for anyone else.  The food was courtesy of Shock, who turned out to be something of an amateur spellcaster among other things.  She advised that she and Kairo had eaten their fill earlier and it was not a sight anyone here likely wanted to witness up close.

Sated, the group takes to the sky once more to finish their journey.

The Grey Mountains rise starkly into the sky, a gloomy, inhospitable range covered in snow almost half way down their slopes.  As the dragons fight for altitude in the biting air, the Ered Mithrin as Shock refers to them, curl around north and south, cradling the hidden vale beyond in a wall of solid rock and snow.  Clouds obscure any sight of the valley until just before the dragons reach the western edge of the mountains.

The clouds part like a veil removed from the eyes.  Shock and Kairo'uonar enter an angled glide.  A verdant land filled with grazing wildlife, beautiful fruit trees, and winding pristine rivers rises up.  Now and again, a dragon of varied color and size lays out in the sun or hunts among the herds.  There are no other predators present and no signs of humans.

Off in the distance, there is a dark stain at the westernmost portion of the Heath.

Shock lead the group down to the ground along the southern edge of the enormous valley.  There, a good-sized cave opens down into the ground with a gentle slope.
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 9 posts
Dragon
Thu 9 Nov 2017
at 02:40
  • msg #53

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Welcome to the Withered Heath and my home."  She sweeps her hand around at the cave in an inviting gesture.  "The Heath, up through the Third Age, was called the Withered Heath.  It was a blasted land where little grew and dragons bred as sometimes slaves and sometimes allies of the Dark Fang's minions.  Smaug rose up in the Third Age and ruled before the Lonely Mountain drew him to his doom.  When Sauron, the servant of the Dark Fang and master of Mordor - that which is now called Mordûn - was slain, the dragons regained something of their free will.  Many of us saw the ultimate end of evil and chose instead a different path."

Shock walked into the cave, expecting everyone to follow as she spoke.  Globes of light appeared in recesses as the cave descended into darkness, glowing a faint blue.  "We extended the valley another hundred and fifty miles making it an even five hundred.  The Ered Mithrin once was part of the Ered Engrin, what you would call the Iron Mountains.  During the War of Wrath, the Ered Engrin were all but destroyed.  We raised the Eastern edge to the Mithrin to seclude the Heath while we turned it into what you see now.  Then...then we left the world of men alone and allowed ourselves to fade into legend."

Shock arrives at the back of the cave, which has shrunk from nearly sixty feet in radius all about, to not quite twenty.  Here, the cave becomes a tunnel that still slopes downward.  About sixty feet in, the tunnel levels off and comes to a crossway.  The path to the left looks smaller, made for more human-sized creatures to move about in.  To the right is some sort of underground grotto complete with a small lake.  The glowing balls of light are sprinkled about and steam comes off the surface.  Ahead, the tunnel continues in dragon size until the light no longer reaches.

"The left branch will be for you while you stay here.  I'm sorry that it is not finished yet, but I had not expected to have smaller guests for some time, and then only dwarves.  There are four rooms and basic furniture, but not much else.  I will take Kairo'uonar to get settled in to his chamber then return to see how you are faring.  Any questions about your lodging before I depart?"
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1296 posts
Human
Scholar
Thu 9 Nov 2017
at 03:36
  • msg #54

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben speaks up. "As we arrived, I saw many other dragons in and about the land. What sort of precautions do we need to follow in order to avoid unpleasant confrontations? We can't assume all of them will be as hospitable as you, can we?"
Klale Tsolo
player, 948 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 9 Nov 2017
at 05:09
  • msg #55

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale says Thank you for your kindnesses and hospitality. The darkness to the west...please tell us about it.
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 10 posts
Dragon
Thu 9 Nov 2017
at 05:46
  • msg #56

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shock turns to Klale first.  "That is where the dragons who kept to the old path live.  We do not venture there and they do not venture here and there is peace.  They are few, but older and vicious."

She turns to Toben then.  "The answer to your question is related.  The dragons in the east have chosen a better path.  You might not call it 'good', not quite, but it is not a path of evil, either.  They will find you curious, a novelty, and some might play a bit too rough, but they will not intentionally maim or kill you.  If you are unsure of yourself, remain in my lair and you will be safe."
Ryland Vance
player, 195 posts
Human
Bard
Sun 12 Nov 2017
at 18:12
  • msg #57

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I could use a short walk to be honest. I'm a bit sore in the saddle from the ride here. I wont stray far".
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1297 posts
Human
Scholar
Sun 12 Nov 2017
at 19:17
  • msg #58

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I'll go with you, Ryland. I won't stray from the beaten path, but the allure these other dragons have is too great to resist. The knowledge they must have..." His voice trails off.
Klale Tsolo
player, 949 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 13 Nov 2017
at 01:10
  • msg #59

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale is restless and say. I'm a smith by trade. While we're here for a bit, maybe, is there anything like a smithy or even an anvil around here?
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 11 posts
Dragon
Mon 13 Nov 2017
at 01:51
  • msg #60

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"The dwarves have a small town set up about ten miles west of here.  They have a small forge there among other things.  You might find information there that is more from your perspective.  They also have better fare than perhaps I can offer."  The dragon offers no means of travel and no other information.  Perhaps it is the mindset of one who can travel ten miles in as many minutes.  Without further ado, she disappears down into the main cavern and away from the humans.
Kairo'uonar
Player, 9 posts
Dragon
Fighter
Mon 13 Nov 2017
at 01:51
  • msg #61

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Kairo'uonar looks at her, back at the humans, then back at Shock.  He shrugs and grins a toothy dragon grin and follows the blue down into the dark.
Klale Tsolo
player, 950 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 13 Nov 2017
at 06:28
  • msg #62

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Thanks. After he drops unnecessary gear and doing any freshening up, he tells others where he is going (and/or leaves a note). Then he sets out—nothing like a ten-mile hike in plate armor to keep a fellow in trim.
Ryland Vance
player, 196 posts
Human
Bard
Wed 15 Nov 2017
at 11:45
  • msg #63

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Once outside the cave and back in fresh air, Ryland surveys his surroundings. He asks Toben "Where to, oh captain my captain?".
Ano
player, 646 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 15 Nov 2017
at 22:00
  • msg #64

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano followed along with the others wanting to see more of this place as well.
Dwarf Wagon Driver
Thu 16 Nov 2017
at 15:40
  • msg #65

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The group starts the long walk toward the dwarven town.  About two miles into their trip, though, they are approached by a strange wagon driven by a dwarf.  Two sleek looking lizards of a size with horses are hitched to the wagon.

The dwarf pulls alongside the group and reins in the lizards.  "Well I'll be an orc's uncle.  Men from th' looks o' you!  Finally found yer way t' th' dragon lands, ha' ye?  If yer headin' mah way, I'd be happy t' gi' ye a ride, lads."
Klale Tsolo
player, 951 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 16 Nov 2017
at 18:23
  • msg #66

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale considers. He laughs. A generous offer Master Orc'sUncle! My legs tell me they's had enough workout today. I'm Klale Tsolo, a blacksmith by trade...and now a warrior formed by events. The big man hoists himself onto the cart.
Gorn, the Dwarf
Sat 18 Nov 2017
at 03:04
  • msg #67

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dwarf allows everyone to climb aboard.  "'old on back there, lads.  These si'gama ain't 'orses.  They really git up 'n go!"  At the word 'go', the dwarf cracks his reins and the lizards dart off.  Unlike horses, they take little time to reach maximum speed.  The lizards are long and slender, like a skink or anole.  However, their legs are far longer, almost bird-like and made for running.  The front legs are almost as bulky as the back indicating an almost constant four-legged existence.  Their green coloring is shot through with faint stripes of red and an irregular pattern of blue highlights.

The dwarf, who introduces himself as Gorn, is rather young in terms of dwarves.  His beard barely makes it below his shoulders.  It's dark chestnut with what might be plant stains of green streaking it.  His hair is a brighter auburn color, short and wild atop his head.  He doesn't say much beyond his name, though as the wind is thunderous at the si'gamas' pace.

A little more than ten minutes later, the wagon pulls into a small group of buildings.  It isn't even large enough to call a village or town.  There are maybe five buildings all told, two of them made of stone and built on to the northern side of the mountains.  The other three are sturdy, one story affairs made of some seriously dark - almost black - wood.

However, in the middle of the two stone buildings, there is a cave entrance.  Now and again, a dwarf will stride in or out, gear of all manner surrounding them.  Many of them are singing some kind of working song they all seem to know.

"Welcome t' th' Depot.  I'll be headin' back th' way I came in three hours if y' need a ride."
Klale Tsolo
player, 952 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 18 Nov 2017
at 07:10
  • msg #68

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale gets himself down, goes up by the dwarf, and says Thank you Master Gorn.

He walks up to a dwarf who is checking out the big man and says Good day. I've heard there probably is a smithy here.
Dwarf
Sat 18 Nov 2017
at 17:28
  • msg #69

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dwarf eyes Klale up and down...more up than down.  "Aye, there's a forge.  It's inside."  He tosses his head back toward the large cave entrance.  "Why?  Need some work done on yer fancy armor?  It's dwarven work.  Cost ya a pretty coin."
Klale Tsolo
player, 953 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 18 Nov 2017
at 21:04
  • msg #70

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale grins. Not exactly. Before I put on this fancy armor, I was a smith by trade. So I'd like a look at your forge and maybe seek permission to do some work there. And, of course, workers there doubtless could teach me something. As yo see, I've a hammer with me, but no other tools.
Dwarf
Sat 18 Nov 2017
at 21:28
  • msg #71

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dwarf's eyebrows disappear into his considerable hairline.  His tone and body language become a bit more respectful, especially at Klale's display of humility.  "A blacksmith?  Aye, I kin see it.  Ya 'ave th' build for it.  Head on in, take th' second tunnel t' th' righ'.  Head tha' way 'till ya feel th' heat an' follow th' sound o' hammers.  They never cease.  Best to ya, lad."
Ryland Vance
player, 197 posts
Human
Bard
Sun 19 Nov 2017
at 03:23
  • msg #72

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Pardon, Master dwarf, but would there be a tavern or pub in the area?".
Klale Tsolo
player, 954 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 19 Nov 2017
at 05:02
  • msg #73

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Thank you Klale returns. He follows directions and comes upon....
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1298 posts
Human
Scholar
Sun 19 Nov 2017
at 15:22
  • msg #74

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben thinks back to his youth when he was an apprentice smith and then chuckles at the notion. Not even twenty-one years of age and yet his "youth" and childhood seem so long ago. With his days sweating around a hot forge a distant memory, he asks about more arcane matters. "Aside from any first-hand knowledge from the dragons themselves, would you know of any arcane archives or libraries for magical teachings in the area?"
Eru
GM, 806 posts
Sun 19 Nov 2017
at 19:13
  • msg #75

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Aye, the Copper Nugget is inside as well.  Third tunnel on th' left, first stairs down, to yer righ', then fifth left, two rights, a long hall, and th' copper adorned knocker on th' left."

The dwarf frowns at Toben.  "Magic?  Do ah look like an elf, boy?"  Shaking his head and grumbling, the dwarf wanders off.
Ryland Vance
player, 198 posts
Human
Bard
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 01:54
  • msg #76

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Well if anyone needs me, I'll be attempting to win over the locals in my own way". He strides off, banjo in hand, whistling low to himself.
Forgemaster
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 03:13
  • msg #77

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The forge is not just a small hollowed out side cave.  It's enormous.  The dwarves have spent considerable effort to create a multiperson workspace with enormous bellows, firepits, anvils of all sizes, and tools in exorbitant number.  It's a blacksmith's paradise.

There's even a dragon, slightly smaller than Shock, who wanders around examining the work and occasionally blowing on a fire with a stream of liquid heat.

A dwarf - covered in soot and wearing a heavy apron - walks over to Klale.  He lifts his work goggles and pats a small fire in his beard with a heat-proof glove.  He stares up at the big human.  "Are you human, or half-giant?  Nevermind.  What ken I do for ya?"
In the Copper Nugget
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 03:22
  • msg #78

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland makes his way through the warren of tunnels.  The dwarf may have told him true on the directions, but the twists and turns of the tunnels themselves were more than he let on.  The bard is forced to stop several times for directions again, but finally arrives.

The Nugget itself is a large establishment with dwarf-sized stools, tables, and bar.  The tables surround a central bar raised about two inches off the main floor.  It runs left to right in the main room.  Tunnels lead off left and right at the ends of the bar into other parts of the establishment, though Ryland enters from the 'front'.  On the far side there is a small raised platform with room for tables, but empty at the moment.

There are at least thirty dwarves currently eating and drinking in the Nugget.  This number seems constant, though the individuals are walking in and out at a relatively constant rate, maybe one or two every few minutes or so.  Behind the bar is a strange looking dwarf with his hair tied back, a patch over one eye...and no facial hair.  He wears an apron over a bulky wine-colored shirt.  His build is more slender than those around him and his movements are quick.

Nope.  Wait.  It's a girl.
Ryland Vance
player, 199 posts
Human
Bard
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 04:10
  • msg #79

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland saunters over to the bar, hoping the one good eye doesn't notice his surprise when he realizes it's a she. "Ah, pardon, ma'am? I take it you're the owner of the establishment?".
Bartender
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 04:13
  • msg #80

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"No."
Ano
player, 647 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 13:20
  • msg #81

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As Ryland and Klale go of on their own Ano nudges Toben "let's go take a look around.  Maybe we can find what your looking for"
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1299 posts
Human
Scholar
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 13:47
  • msg #82

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben nods in agreement, "Surely someone around here is trained in the lost art. If nothing else, we can at least make sure Ryland doesn't get himself into trouble." He nudges Ano back.
Klale Tsolo
player, 955 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 18:35
  • msg #83

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale replies Just human...'least my mother didn't tell me different. By trade, I am a smith, one who lived far from here. With my companions, I'm involved in events which may determine what life throughout Arda will be like. I've been privileged to learn of Dwarven Glyphs, and fortunate enough to have forged Glyphs of the Feather. I know of other Glyphs: Protection, Combat Reflexes, Arcane Deflection, and others. I would learn more...for that matter, while my companions abide here until called, I'd like to learn whatever you have to teach...and to put my mind and body to work.
Forgemaster Hammersong
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 01:53
  • msg #84

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dwarf's eyes go wide.  "I'd call ya a liar, lad, bein' human and claimin' ta forge glyphs, but there's no way you'd know wha' a glyph was unless ya had tha' ability.  Truly this is an age o' wonder."  He removes a mit and holds out a thick hand to Klale.  "Forgemaster Hammersong, at yer service."
Forgemaster Hammersong
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 01:53
  • msg #84

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dwarf's eyes go wide.  "I'd call ya a liar, lad, bein' human and claimin' ta forge glyphs, but there's no way you'd know wha' a glyph was unless ya had tha' ability.  Truly this is an age o' wonder."  He removes a mit and holds out a thick hand to Klale.  "Forgemaster Hammersong, at yer service."
Ryland Vance
player, 200 posts
Human
Bard
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 03:39
  • msg #85

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Well could I ask who is in charge then? I'm just seeking permission to play a little", he holds up his banjo, "Maybe provide some entertainment for the weary and weathered".
Dwarven Barkeep
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 03:55
  • msg #86

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"If ya keep it lively, you can play on th' stage.  Drag it down, and I'll throw ya out on yer ear."  She glares at Ryland with her one showing eye.
Eru
GM, 807 posts
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 04:00
  • msg #87

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano and Toben wander through the warrens of the town and get lost several times.  There are something close to three hundred dwarves and a few dragons of younger ages and a rainbow of colors.  There are no mages to speak of and more than a grumbling references to the legendary missing elves.  One of the dwarves, a slightly less grumpy one, provides directions to the forges and mentions something about glyphs and runes.

One thing that is prevalent in the entire area, the dwarves haven't been here long and they are preparing to fight.  Soon.
Eru
GM, 808 posts
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 04:00
  • msg #88

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano and Toben wander through the warrens of the town and get lost several times.  There are something close to three hundred dwarves and a few dragons of younger ages and a rainbow of colors.  There are no mages to speak of and more than a grumbling references to the legendary missing elves.  One of the dwarves, a slightly less grumpy one, provides directions to the forges and mentions something about glyphs and runes.

One thing that is prevalent in the entire area, the dwarves haven't been here long and they are preparing to fight.  Soon.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1300 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 05:10
  • msg #89

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben absorbs as much of the information as he can from the dwarves on what might have been an otherwise fruitless search. He finally makes his way back to the forges where Klale is busy working with the forge master.
Klale Tsolo
player, 956 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 08:37
  • msg #90

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale enfolds the dwarf's hand, firmly but not crushingly. Klale Tsoolo, at yours, Forgemaster Hammersong. I had some friends who helped and instructed. Since you are a forgemaster, perhaps you'd kindly treat me as an apprentice during my visit.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1301 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 13:45
  • msg #91

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben looks over the forging facility with amazement. The size, the efficiency, the craftsmanship all exceed his expectations. He tries to catch the forge master at some point. "The work ethic of you and your people is quite impressive, Forgemaster. What is it that you all prepare for?"
Forgemaster
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 14:19
  • msg #92

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The forgemaster shows Klale a workspace and supplies of basic metals.  "Show me what you can do."

An hour later, Toben and Ano arrive.  Looking irritated that he was stopped from his busy schedule, the forgemaster nevertheless stops to talk to another human.  "You must be friends wi' Klale.  Not too many humans come 'ere.  We're dwarves.  We like th' forges.  What ken I do for ya?"
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:22, Tue 21 Nov 2017.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1302 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 15:29
  • msg #93

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben nods. "That's right, we can here with Klale. I can't help but notice that you all appear to be gearing up for something big." He says gesturing to all the hustle and bustle of the forge. "If it's to fight against the darkness we've seen growing over the past several months, then perhaps you might be interested in a proposition I have for you."

He pauses a moment for some sort of acknowledgment from the Forgemaster, but the dwarf just stands there waiting for the young mage to get on with it. "The forges you have here are magnificent in their own right but imagine the wonders that could be created from a forge born in dragon fire and magic. The things you and yours could create would almost rival items of legend."
Forgemaster Hammersong
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 18:11
  • msg #94

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"You human or elfkind?  I'd be a fool t' say magic has gone out o' th' world.  We were there when th' Coldheart's minions attacked Moria.  I didna see you or yer companions, but I saw wha' ya did for th' dwarves.  Now we have a human glyph maker and a wizard.  Truly the Creator looks down on us in our time o' need.  Let me know what ya need and we'll do it. "  His tone transforms from grumpy hesitation to a respectful hope.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1303 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 18:31
  • msg #95

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben chuckles. "I am human, but just because the elves have left doesn't mean all the magic left with them." His eyes glimmer briefly and from his fingertips sprout four earthen shards. They rotate in the air for a moment before he dismisses them with a wave of his hand. "I'll need one or two of your master forge builders, consent from the dragons, and possibly some assistance from Delunaur. It'll take time, but I think we can make this happen."


"We haven't heard of any new from the Gonnhirrim since we left. I'm curious, how has Durina and her kin fared since we left the mountains?"
Forgemaster Hammersong
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 19:45
  • msg #96

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Hammersong puffs out his chest.  Then he gives Toben a smile and a hearty pat on the side of his shoulder "With th' help of a certain group o' heroes we turned th' tide o' tha' battle.  We routed 'em and wiped out nearly half their forces.  We only lost a few tha' day. "
Klale Tsolo
player, 957 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 19:53
  • msg #97

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

DRAFT: Assuming success

Klale examines the setup. He hefts the tools, checks the forge, and strokes the metals and coke with fingertips and his eyes. Chromium, cobalt, manganese, nickel, tungsten, vanadium...all good. The coke is high-quality too. You have excellent refiners, and this area must be rich in ores. Now, with your permission, I'll make you a helmet. Klale places his hands on Hammersong's head, takes them off, and holds them in position to create a muscle memory. He then does other by-hand measurements.

Setting to work, he creates the headpiece of two layers (hardened inside and corrosion-resistant outside) and sets it aside. He then crafts thin pieces of various shapes: Nose guard, cheek guards, and thin slats. The slats he weaves so the resulting piece and serve as a nape guard. He then forges the these pieces onto the helmet.

His friends' arrival does not distract him, nor does the passing by of curious dwarves.

Meanwhile, Hammersong has returned with the padding that makes the helmet snug.

And now Hammersong has one sample of what this human smith can do.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1304 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 23:04
  • msg #98

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben grins ear to ear. "There wasn't a doubt in my mind that you'd win the day, but it still does my heart good to hear it."

"As for the forge. If you can give me a name or two for the construction, I'll talk to Shock about which dragon would be best suited for the job."
Forgemaster Hammersong
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 23:25
  • msg #99

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Hammersong looks the helmet over and nods appreciatively.  "Best human work I've ever seen, lad.  Well done!  This, this is up there with our own craftsmanship.  There might be a few things we can teach ye in terms o' techniques, but I cannae find any flaws in th' workmanship itself.  You will make a fine apprentice.  After a few weeks o' trial work, I dunnae see why ya cannae make journeyman.  Here, take me mark."  He hands over a coin with a stylized hammer and lyre on it.  "No one 'ill give ya grief over usin' the forge.  Today, make whate're ya like.  Tomorrow, just afore th' sun rises over th'eastern horizon, be here and th' real work'll begin."

After Klale has gone, Hammersong turns back to Toben.  "Blessed by th' Creator, that one is.  Look, you know yer magic th' way I know mah forge.  But I'd be remiss if ah didnae tell ya to include tha' one in wha'ever plans you have t' upgrade me works here.  Grugraed Bluntgrip an' Dalon Hillshield will do for wha'ever else ya need by me kin.  As for dragons, we ha' th' best forge dragon you'll ever meet already.  His dragon name is long and obnoxious to pronounce, bu' he took on th' name Bellow when he started workin' 'ere.  He's th' large young red over tha' way."  About that time, a red dragon slightly smaller than Shock breaths a short jet of fire into a forge.
This message was last updated by the GM at 23:25, Tue 21 Nov 2017.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1305 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 23:49
  • msg #100

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Klale? Yes, he's been touched by the very Maia of earth, Ceven. Aside from his skill at smithing, he's saved all of our lives more than once with his skill as a fighter too. As soon as everything is in order, I'll be sure to include him as well."

Toben jots down several notes in his journal, taking note of the names given. "Thank you for your time. I'll be sure to keep you informed of our progress. I can't wait to see how this all turns out!" He sounds almost giddy with his last sentence.
Klale Tsolo
player, 958 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 21 Nov 2017
at 23:55
  • msg #101

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale nods and proceeds to make a smooth human-sized steel mirror with four handles on the back—two near the top for hanging and two halfway so the mirror can be held. He explains Just a wild hunch, but sometime this may be wanted.

He thanks Hammersong and finds out where a place to eat is. Once there, he asks about a place to sleep...early to bed for tomorrow may be long day.
Ryland Vance
player, 201 posts
Human
Bard
Wed 22 Nov 2017
at 03:22
  • msg #102

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Meanwhile, in the Copper Nugget, Ryland sits up on the stage, picking away at his new banjo. The barkeep instructed lively, and he has quite a few tunes that are just that.

Take 10 Perform: Stringed Instrument - 23
In the Copper Nugget
Wed 22 Nov 2017
at 21:27
  • msg #103

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland plays for two hours.  The dwarves come to enjoy the music and the atmosphere livens up.  More stay than go and eventually the girl behind the bar brings Ryland a plate of delicious looking foodstuffs and a glass of wine.  She winks but does not try to break Ryland's concentration by talking to him.

Klale wanders in a bit later and orders some food for a couple of silver.  It's expensive, but the food is good.

For those who wish to stay here, there are rooms available at 5 gp/night.  Those rooms have a similar invention that Duke Therion had, indoor plumbing.  There is a sink set in a wide stone counter, a washtub that even Klale could fit in comfortably, and both with hot and cold water in virtually endless supply.  There is also an oversized bed made of stone, more of a very wide shelf.  On request, mattresses, pillows, and the like can be had.  There is also complementary simple meals served in the room twice per day, morning and evening.  For more complex fare, though, one would have to head to the Nugget.

The time is now approaching for the wagon driver, Gorn to head back toward Shock's lair.
Klale Tsolo
player, 959 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 23 Nov 2017
at 04:30
  • msg #104

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

ZZZZZZ

[I assume Klale has money; I've not been keeping track.]
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1306 posts
Human
Scholar
Thu 23 Nov 2017
at 14:55
  • msg #105

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Before leaving, Toben asks Gorn whether or not he'll be returning tomorrow. "Lots to do early in the morning. If not, I can just stay here."

Ultimately, Toben decides to stay at the inn so that he can get an early start collecting requirements for the new forges.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:03, Thu 23 Nov 2017.
Gron the Wagonmaster
Fri 24 Nov 2017
at 01:31
  • msg #106

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Aye, lad.  Twice a day.  Once in th' mornin'.  Once in th' evenin'.  You'll know I'm 'ere with all th' extra bustle o' goods bein' moved about.  What abou' yer friends?  Any o' them need a ride back?"  He looks into the tunnel in case any of them are about to emerge.

{Need to know Ano and Ryland's plans for the evening.}
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:32, Fri 24 Nov 2017.
Ano
player, 648 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Fri 24 Nov 2017
at 15:29
  • msg #107

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano says that he will head back with Gorn and let their dragon friends know that the others are staying in the dwarven town for now.

Before he leaves he takes two of the metal rods from his pack, the ones marked Malfandar and Dragonhaste, and hands them to Toben "Can you make sure Klale gets one of these.  I'm sure you can find a use for them."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1307 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 24 Nov 2017
at 16:26
  • msg #108

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben nods and takes the rods. "Of course. Also, while you're there, let Delunuar know where she can find me if needs be."
Ryland Vance
player, 202 posts
Human
Bard
Fri 24 Nov 2017
at 22:48
  • msg #109

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland pops by as Ano and Toben are exchanging items. His gait is slightly wobbly. "Ladsh, I'm in my element right now. No shtaying in dampk ol' cavesh tonight" he says with a grin.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1308 posts
Human
Scholar
Sat 25 Nov 2017
at 00:14
  • msg #110

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben rolls his eyes and throws his arm over Ryland's shoulder. "I'll get a room at the inn, and you're staying with me tonight."
Klale Tsolo
player, 960 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 25 Nov 2017
at 00:18
  • msg #111

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

[Klale did request, and receive, bedding. FYI: He has 10 ranks in proper tucking.]
Ryland Vance
player, 203 posts
Human
Bard
Sat 25 Nov 2017
at 01:49
  • msg #112

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland winks and leans in close to Toben and whispers, feigning leaning on him. "Only an act my friend. How else is a fellow supposed to properly run the table at cards?".
Eru
GM, 812 posts
Sun 26 Nov 2017
at 00:39
  • msg #113

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The rest is thorough and all wake refreshed.  On the morning wagon, Ano returns with news that a place is set up to attempt to free Delunar if Toben is free to come back and begin the ritual.  Five dragons have congregated at Shock's lair to help in the attempt.  Gron will be leaving in two hours after unloading his morning supplies.

The dwarves and dragons requested to help upgrade the forges will be around constantly, so there is no hurry for that, though the longer it takes to get them ready, the less forging can be done for whatever preparations are going on.

Ryland, who played until the bard closed, has been requested back by lunch to continue playing if he is free. 

Klale, today, anything you make, you will get paid for.  1/4 the selling price for labor.  Materials are provided.  Your current glyphs will bring 1000 gold each.
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:13, Sun 26 Nov 2017.
Ryland Vance
player, 204 posts
Human
Bard
Sun 26 Nov 2017
at 02:14
  • msg #114

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland lets the establishment know he intends to make it back in time for the lunch crowd if he can, but needs to reconvene with his "troupe", and sets out to meet up with whomever he can find that may be around to get word on the day's plans.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1309 posts
Human
Scholar
Sun 26 Nov 2017
at 15:24
  • msg #115

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben takes the news from Ano and scribbles a few more notes in his journal. "Excellent. I'll start getting things moving here then head back this evening. I imagine it'll take a bit of time before the forges are ready to be fired and bound."

He spends the morning rounding up Grugraed Bluntgrip, Dalon Hillshield, Bellow, and Klale before explaining the plan. "Forgemaster Hammersong and I have been discussing plans for a new type of forge. One that will help outfit your men with the power to decimate any Valaraukar that muster the courage to march against you. With your craftsmanship, " he nods toward the dwarves and Klale, "your dragon-fire, " he bows to Bellow, "and my enchantments, we will forge new arms and armor of legend. How long will it take for new forges to be ready for the fire?"
Eru
GM, 817 posts
Thu 30 Nov 2017
at 04:00
  • msg #116

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The Gonhirrim are excited about the upgrades and many more than just the two help clear out space and get things ready.  However, they have their own work to do and once the preliminary work is done, they return to it.

Now the first forge is ready to be upgraded and the dragon, Bellow, is always around.  It is up to Toben and Klale at this point.

But first, Toben has to go about identifying the gems in his possession not yet identified, unless he chooses to use on already identified.
Klale Tsolo
player, 964 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 30 Nov 2017
at 07:22
  • msg #117

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale lays out the tools and stretches, readying his muscles. Hammersong is there to kibitz.
Ryland Vance
player, 206 posts
Human
Bard
Thu 30 Nov 2017
at 12:39
  • msg #118

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland manages to catch Toben and Klale prior to their work beginning, to give them a quick heads up as to where he'll be. He informs the two he'll remain at the Copper Nugget, to work the crowd and glean rumors and details they might not otherwise be told. He wishes them the best of luck with their forging, makes a tiny request for a ring that makes him even more impossibly handsome than he already is, and with a sly grin bids them adieu.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1312 posts
Human
Scholar
Thu 30 Nov 2017
at 14:25
  • msg #119

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben selects the small red ruby (enchanted with [Evocation] Continual Light) from the parties cache of gems. "Yes, I think this ought to suit our needs." He walks over to forge and affixes the gem within the notch carved out by the forge crafters.

Toben takes a moment to prepare the enchantment to bind the dragon fire, the gem, and the forge together. "At your leisure, Bellow."
Bellow
Thu 30 Nov 2017
at 16:13
  • msg #120

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragon breaths a well controlled, focused ray of dragon fire into the forge.  Klale and Toben begin to work their respective parts, Klale with a hammer to shape the forge, the anvil, and the various tools associated with it.  Toben to place the gem, help with the shaping, and to infuse the magic.

Through hours of work, sweat, and ashes covering everyone in a dark grey grime, the attempt is completed and a beautiful work of art emerges from the effort.  All the dwarves have gathered and comment in low, non-disruptive tones.

Once finished, the forge looks more modern, sleek, and efficient than even the dwarven versions recently built all over the massive cavern.  Additionally, it has  a slight red sheen to it that cannot be account for by the glow of forge fires all around.  Inside the kiln, the fire burns in a steady glow.

{All weapons, armor, or other items created at this forge have a +1 magical enhancement if no specific enchantment is applied to them.  Without expending xp, +1 equivalent enchantments from the evocation school may be applied to the equipment instead.}
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1313 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 1 Dec 2017
at 04:39
  • msg #121

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben encourages all the crafters to give the new forge a try, Klale especially. "Perhaps give HardTime a little extra kick. If the forge works out well, and time willing, maybe we could get a second one up and running to add more defensive properties to items."
Klale Tsolo
player, 965 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 1 Dec 2017
at 06:51
  • msg #122

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale makes sure to thank Bellow and any others who helped.

[I may not post again until Saturday. The post may be long. Also, dear eru, Klale is wondering about the feasibility of reforging Hard Time. ]
Klale Tsolo
player, 966 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 3 Dec 2017
at 05:34
  • msg #123

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Once the forge is readied, Klale, in his turn, works there. At first, he essays works suggested by the dwarves and considers their advice and possibly emulated their examples. He asks questions and perhaps makes suggestions suggests either by his experience or by thoughts that occur.

As he works, from time to time, he recites, talking to pitch with the sound of his actions as accompaniment:

   Learn the lore of the blacksmith's art.
   First forge my body, mind, and heart.
   Extol the earth that yields its store.
    Praise persons who refine the ore.
   Foster the fire that makes all pure.
   Welcome water that quenches sure.
   Aspire the air as it is true.
   Thanks to all these and my tools too.
   Wield my work with spirit full free.
   Craft each creation to best be.

When he's ready, he takes Hard Time and shows it to the dwarves and Bellow, and explains how it was crated. Then he sets to work to reforge it after receiving advice.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1314 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 5 Dec 2017
at 02:50
  • msg #124

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Fine work Klale. I'm anxious to see what else the forge masters can make  here." Toben's posture slouches a bit, clearly exhausted from the energy spent helping fortify the forge.

"Tomorrow is going to be a long day if we aim to do another one, but two is probably all I can muster."
Eru
GM, 819 posts
Tue 5 Dec 2017
at 21:58
  • msg #125

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The Gonhirrim are well pleased with the new forge.  To celebrate, they offer to buy food and drinks for Toben and Klale at the Copper Nugget.  Ryland is there to provide entertainment.  It's a late lunch and gives both craftsmen rest and hearty sustenance.  They are left with a few hours of daylight to do as they wish.

Ano remains with the dragons back at Shock's lair.
Klale Tsolo
player, 967 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 6 Dec 2017
at 05:33
  • msg #126

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

After eating and relaxing with thanks, Klale goes back to the forge, continuing to work and learn. When it's time, he'll reforge Hard Time; the sword's new name will be Stake.
Klale Tsolo
player, 969 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 7 Dec 2017
at 21:59
  • msg #127

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Bellow notices KIlale's shield with the dragon image ans says....

[Thanks, Ano!]
Bellow
Thu 7 Dec 2017
at 22:12
  • msg #128

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Nice shield."
Klale Tsolo
player, 970 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 8 Dec 2017
at 02:54
  • msg #129

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Thank you Klale replies.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1316 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 8 Dec 2017
at 17:03
  • msg #130

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben wakes up a little later than usual but surprisingly refreshed. He heads back down to the forge and tries to gather up the same group of people that helped the day prior. "I know you all are busy and anxious to get back to work, but I wanted to gauge level of interest in another forge similar to the one we created yesterday. This one here, " he points to the new one glowing with evocation magic, "was built with evocation or combat-related magic. It will certainly take you all a long way in terms of creating some really interesting weapons, but I'd like to offer something that will provide protective measures as well. If everyone's up to it, I suggest a second forge enchanted with abjuration magic."
Forgemaster Hammersong
Sat 9 Dec 2017
at 03:34
  • msg #131

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The Gonhirrim are impressed by the beauty of the forge, but working on another so soon is up for discussion.

"'Tis a great thing you've done, lad.  A real fine lookin' forge.  But we've not actually made anathin' wi' it yet.  Give us a few days t' test 'im out.  See wha' he has t' offer.  T'would be a shame for you an' th' others t' go through all tha' trouble and we cannae even use it t' do anathin' special, more than th' other forges we already made."  The Forgemaster pats Toben on the shoulder in appreciation and nods over at Klale.  "Yer friend, there, is doin' a right mighty work.  He will be th' first trial.  That sword o' his is a wonder o' craftsmanship.  Now 'e intends t' improve on it.  Let's at least see 'ow it turns out, aye?"
Klale Tsolo
player, 971 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 9 Dec 2017
at 04:48
  • msg #132

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Upon consideration, Klale "donates' the metal of his hammer and redoes it so it's harder and has a new shape: Cross peen. He also creates grillwork to encase the upper half of the handle.

Then He removes the hilt of Hard Time and recite4s the material he used for the blade itself. After consultation with the dwarves, he sets to work restraining all haste.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1317 posts
Human
Scholar
Sat 9 Dec 2017
at 15:23
  • msg #133

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben chuckles slightly. "I suppose I'm a bit overzealous. Your recommendation is fair though, let's give it a couple of days and see how it produces. In the meantime, I'll return to Shock's lair and see what I can do about our friends over there."

He will spend the rest of the day looking over the forge and its operations to ensure all their work the day prior behaves as expected. When next Gorn arrives, he'll ride back with him.
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 20 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Fri 15 Dec 2017
at 17:04
  • msg #134

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

While Klale continues in his element, the comfort of the forge, Toben and Ryland return to the dragon's lair.  Once there, they find Ano and the Maiar in separate portions of the cavern system meditating or conversing in low tones.

Delunaur looks up at them expectantly, but it is Gwaelind who speaks.  "How is copying of the tome coming, friend Toben?"
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1319 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 15 Dec 2017
at 19:43
  • msg #135

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Still a work in progress." He says as he hands over a stack of parchment. "There are still several days remaining, depending on how much uninterrupted study I can manage, but there is still a small amount the two of you can safely translate."

Based on concentration, it should take Toben another 3 days to finish transcribing the tome.
Eru
GM, 822 posts
Tue 19 Dec 2017
at 03:20
  • msg #136

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale's work in the forge is all-consuming perfection.  As he works, more and more Gonhirrim gather round him to watch, granting him a respectable space to work.  They whisper in awed, hushed tones as the master smith reforges the blade of his already impressive weapon.  It is the first to be forged on the new works and shows off its power well.

Once the blade is done, thee full days have passed. The metal is reattached to the ancient hilt and the moment Klale grips the handle, fire bursts from the metal to envelope it in a flickering sheath.  Many of the Gonhirrim ask to test the heat of the flame and remark that it is not so intense as the forge fire, but adds an extra sting to it.

As he gets a feel for the blade, Klale wonders what other things he might eventually do with the fantastic sword.  As he considers the dragon, Shock, the flickering sheath vanishes to be replaced by the crackling of electrical discharge running up and down the blade instead.
Eru
GM, 823 posts
Tue 19 Dec 2017
at 03:23
  • msg #137

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben spends the next three days holed up in his cave within Shock's lair.  Though the second magical forge beckons him, the tome becomes the priority.  The more he transcribes, the more engrossed in his work he becomes.  Though translating it is beyond him at the moment, nor something he wishes to attempt, he does gain a certain feel for the patterns of the language.

At last the tome is finished and, lacking someone of equivalent skill able to verify, Toben believes his work to be perfectly transcribed.
Ryland Vance
player, 208 posts
Human
Bard
Tue 19 Dec 2017
at 13:25
  • msg #138

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland pops in on Toben. "How goes it".
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1320 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 19 Dec 2017
at 14:39
  • msg #139

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Setting the last page of what is already a sizable stack of parchment, he looks up at Ryland and smiles. "Just finished." He leans back in his chair and exhales a satisfactory sigh of relief. "I can't make out much, but the patterns seem to make sense. Once the Maia start to translate, I might even be able to connect the dots myself with any other texts we come across."

He scoops up the stack of parchment, binds it with twine, and puts the original away for safe keeping. "Let's go see if they can make sense of all this."
Klale Tsolo
player, 973 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 19 Dec 2017
at 21:16
  • msg #140

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale smiles for the first time in three days. he says Eru, if You're paying attention, may this sword serve Your purposes. He looks at the dwarves and Bellow. And thanks be to Aulë for the existence of this craft.

He sheathes the sword and looks around. Anybody have some water handy? I've a mighty thirst. And some jerky; I've sweat a lot. Then let's talk about what's nest to do.
Eru
GM, 824 posts
Wed 20 Dec 2017
at 19:13
  • msg #141

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The Gonhirrim provide Klale with water.  They all want to ask questions and talk shop, exchanging details about technique, tools, and about the sword itself.

~~~~

The Maiar can be found in a small, underground garden.  Sunlight filters in through gaps in the ceiling and crystals refracting it down to the ground.  A quiet little water flow passes from one wall to a wide, shallow pool at the front of the room.  Midway, there is a gazeebo of seamless, shaped stone.  It is delicate and beautiful, with depictions of flowers and trees never seen by the world of men.

Gwaelind is dressed in loose clothing reminiscent of Ano's gi, though of an off-white color bordering on actual yellow.  He speaks in low tones, passionate and intense about something.

Delunaur's ash-white hair is tied back in a loose tail.  Her dark skin a contrast to all the light and life throughout the cavern.  Her pitch clothing looks like it might even stain the stone with contact.  Her eyes are down and she appears to be crying.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1321 posts
Human
Scholar
Wed 20 Dec 2017
at 19:32
  • msg #142

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Upon seeing the two already engaged in something personal, Toben stands off in the distance and intentionally clears his throat but does not approach them.
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 21 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Sat 23 Dec 2017
at 19:54
  • msg #143

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Come in, Toben.  It's alright."  Gwaeling waves the young sage over.
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 26 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Sat 23 Dec 2017
at 19:56
  • msg #144

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delunar wipes her cheek.  The tears are a strange sight on the ash-black cheeks.  She pushes a strand of the white hair back behind her ear and smiles demurely.  "We were just talking about the ritual.  Melkor's power calls to me stronger each day.  I hope you have good news."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1322 posts
Human
Scholar
Sat 23 Dec 2017
at 20:11
  • msg #145

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben holds up the bound, translated manuscript. "As good of news as I can provide. It took a few late nights, but the tome has been completely translated. Either of you should be able to look over it safely now. Fortunately, the language is becoming less foreign to me, I might be able to pick up a few things if you allow me to join you in reading over it."
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 22 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Sun 24 Dec 2017
at 03:11
  • msg #146

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Gwaelind holds out a hand.  "May I?"
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1323 posts
Human
Scholar
Sun 24 Dec 2017
at 15:07
  • msg #147

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben smiles, "Of course. I am curious about something though." Before handing the book to Gwaelind, he asks one final question.

"I understand that the ritual will break her tie to Melkor, but what does that actually mean? Is she reconnected to Eru then or does that make her a free-willed Maiar? A Maiar without a master, if you will."
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 23 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Sun 24 Dec 2017
at 16:12
  • msg #148

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Gwaelind looks stunned by the question.  "I-"  He blinks several times and looks and Delunaur.  She doesn't seem to know either as she shakes her head and shrugs.  "I don't know, Toben."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1324 posts
Human
Scholar
Sun 24 Dec 2017
at 18:38
  • msg #149

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

A little surprised at Gwaelind's response, Toben places the book in his hand. "Perhaps this might provide an answer then."
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 24 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Mon 25 Dec 2017
at 02:22
  • msg #150

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Let us have a look, then."

Over the course of hours, the three individuals pour over the words transcribed by the young scholar.  The work is long, and after the days already spent transcribing, to now translate exhausted Toben.  However, once the task was completed, the ritual was distilled down into two parts, gathering needed items of which there were four, and performing the ritual which would involve at least four of the Songs of Iluvatar to perform.

The four items were:

A chalice of elfin make from the 1st Age.
A carving from a hobbit.
A tear from a being of evil shed as it turns to good and captured in the chalice.
The blood of an Ulairi.
Ryland Vance
player, 209 posts
Human
Bard
Mon 25 Dec 2017
at 02:54
  • msg #151

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland strolls in from around the corner of the entry way. "Looks to me like you're in need of one serious lore master" he says with a grin. "Fortunately for you my schedule is completely clear for the next few months, and of course Toben, I'd be happy to help. Why, hello there Del". Ryland winks on the side that Gwaelind isn't, and then gives the Maiar of Air a polite nod.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1325 posts
Human
Scholar
Mon 25 Dec 2017
at 17:17
  • msg #152

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Weary and stretched quite thin, Toben looks over to Ryland. "We've got quite a shopping list. Anything here sound familiar? What in the world is a hobbit or an Ulairi?"
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 25 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Mon 25 Dec 2017
at 18:30
  • msg #153

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Both Maia look at each other then back at the mortals and shrug.  "There are some things I do not know as I have just arrived.  This physical form is not limitless and that includes the knowledge it retains.  Some things might be too small a detail for me to have kept as I fell.  That, and the dark weave that turned my descent into a fall and subsequent capture..."  He smiles sheepishly.  "There are holes."
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 27 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Mon 25 Dec 2017
at 18:33
  • msg #154

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delunaur allows a slight laugh at Ryland's antics, rolls her eyes and shakes her head.

At Toben's question, she looks upward in thought, then back to the scholar.  "I have been trapped since the middle of the 2nd Age.  I know nothing of the world beyond that.  Both those words are foreign to me.  They are not part of...part of my master's forces now."
Ryland Vance
player, 210 posts
Human
Bard
Mon 25 Dec 2017
at 19:10
  • msg #155

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland cracks his knuckles. "A hobbit, dear friends, was a little person of sorts. They lived in smelly, dug out holes on the side of hills in a place called the Shire. I have a general idea that the region would be West of the Misty Mountains, though how far of I'm unsure. And speaking of the Misty Mountains...North and West of Gondor and the Misty Mountains is a wildlands. Nobody goes there and those who do, don't come back.  Vicious animals patrol the forested areas and even the trees are said to attack travelers. I've personally never been there, but if memory serves me well, the two entities, both hobbits and ulairi, would be somewhere in the same corner of the world - though how far a part is anyone's guess. It's a fairly broad swathe of land, but it is at least the right direction".

Ryland pauses for a bit. "Though, we may have larger problems on our hands than going on a hunting trip and archaeology dig. There is a being, out where the dragons who've chosen to remain in darkness live. His name is Voroch Hastir, and he is organizing them for a hostile take over of The Heath. This unfortunately, isn't the worst of it. There is a stirring in the bowels of the earth. Something large, like an army of darkness, seeks to burst forth and strip life as we know it from the land. The dwarves say it will come from all directions, and that the race of men will be the first to fall. They don't have faith that we can rise to the occasion and do battle with the darkness".
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1326 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 26 Dec 2017
at 01:31
  • msg #156

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben raises an eyebrow. "Little people? If they still exist, do you know much else about them? Can they be bargained with for such an item? Have your travels given you any information about the ulairi other than they hail from the west?"

The mental strain getting the better of him, he decides to take a seat and rest a moment. "As for the latter, I'm afraid we may need to pick our battles. Ceven sent us out to gather all the Songs that still sing for Eru. I'm not sure we could be successful at both given that time races against us."
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 26 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Tue 26 Dec 2017
at 02:53
  • msg #157

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Delunaur does not have much time, gentlemen.  As Melkor grows stronger, her ability to resist him diminishes.  Eventually she will revert to who she was before we met."  When Delunaur silently begins to weep again, he pulls her to his shoulder and holds her.  "Ceven would understand and agree with you helping turn one of the Dischords.  It has exactly the same effect as finding one of my siblings."  His voice has a lot of passion in it and something else, an edge to it that is something akin to a cloth at the worn stage just before it starts to unravel.
Ryland Vance
player, 211 posts
Human
Bard
Tue 26 Dec 2017
at 03:13
  • msg #158

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"No, I agree Gwaelind. The quest ahead to gather the items and complete the ritual takes precedence over the plight of the dragons. However, I wouldn't be doing my job if I didn't relay all that I've discovered. And to answer your questions Toben, unfortunately all that I've shared is what I know. I like to pick up the remaining bits of information along the way. Secrets always have a way of revealing themselves, and the ancient world is no exception to the rule".
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1327 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 26 Dec 2017
at 21:18
  • msg #159

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Well, Delunaur was just crying, do you think her tears would suffice for one of the four components? She is, after all, teetering between dark and light."
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 28 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Tue 26 Dec 2017
at 21:38
  • msg #160

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delunaur herself speaks up.  "These rituals are usually very precise.  It read 'A tear from a being of evil shed as it turns to good and captured in the chalice.'  I have not turned from evil and my tears are not out of remorse as I turn to good.  Nor do we have the chalice.  This would be a cart before the horse situation.  I cannot turn to good without the tears but we need the tears as I turn to good."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1329 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 26 Dec 2017
at 22:04
  • msg #161

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I see. Yes, precision seems key here. So would this imply they couldn't even be your tears? Even if the ritual did bring you to tears upon breaking from Melkor grasp, we'd need the tears prior that."

Toben rubs his temples as he lets out a sigh. "Sounds like the first order of business is to find an appropriate chalice, in the event we witness such a tear-jerking moment, we will be able to capture them."
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 27 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Sat 30 Dec 2017
at 08:18
  • msg #162

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Any idea where to search for such a thing?  Valinórë has left Arda and taken the elves with it.  Where would we search for such an item?"  Gwaelind seems confident that the answer to his question is available, but it is easy to see that hopelessness is weighing down on Delunaur.  With each new item read, her countenance had fallen.  Now, her head remained buried in Gwaelind's shoulder.
Ryland Vance
player, 214 posts
Human
Bard
Sat 30 Dec 2017
at 15:12
  • msg #163

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland has had a finger in his chin, deep in thought for the past few minutes. Suddenly his eyes light up and he blurts out "The Grey Havens! Of course. Any elvish ruins are likely to have been plundered time and time again, but the Grey Havens are supposed to be further west of the Shire. Which would be in the vicinity of where the ulairi are supposedly found. If there's any elvish ruins unravaged by thieving hands, the Grey Havens is it".
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1331 posts
Human
Scholar
Sat 30 Dec 2017
at 16:30
  • msg #164

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Grey Havens? I don't recall ever hearing of that place. How long do you expect it to take us to get there and how much time do we have before it's too late to perform the ritual?" The second question directed more towards the Maiar than Ryland.
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 29 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Sat 30 Dec 2017
at 16:39
  • msg #165

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Dulunaur wipes her tears and sits up.  "I-I can hold off for a little while longer.  Maybe a couple of weeks if I stay here in this lair.  I need to stay away from my master's forces, though.  They provide a link back to him and the pull grows stronger.  Gwaelind's presence has the opposite effect."
This message was last edited by the player at 16:40, Sat 30 Dec 2017.
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 28 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Sat 30 Dec 2017
at 16:40
  • msg #166

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"If one of the dragons would be willing to give you a ride, you might make it in a few days."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1332 posts
Human
Scholar
Sat 30 Dec 2017
at 16:52
  • msg #167

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben nods. "I was thinking the same thing. Ryland, would you mind speaking with Shock. She might know the way, if not, she might know one who does."

"If we leave tomorrow, I'd like to wrap up some business, if possible, with the dwarves. Another forge should help their preparations for the coming darkness."
Ryland Vance
player, 215 posts
Human
Bard
Sat 30 Dec 2017
at 17:14
  • msg #168

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Of course. I'll get right to it". Ryland gives a polite bow to everyone and exits to go find Shock.
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 17 posts
Dragon
Sun 31 Dec 2017
at 04:20
  • msg #169

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shock is lounging in one of the caves toward the back of her lair.  It is filled with metallic looking stalactites, stalagmites, and columns.  She is conversing quietly with Kairo'uonar.  When Ryland enters, she beckons from the back of the room.  "Welcome, Ryland.  What can we help you with?"
This message was last updated by the player at 04:20, Sun 31 Dec 2017.
Ryland Vance
player, 216 posts
Human
Bard
Mon 1 Jan 2018
at 21:26
  • msg #170

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I come seeking information, if you don't mind giving me audience. We've a rather difficult task at hand, and require passage to a place known as The Shire. I was wondering if you knew anything about it, the surrounding areas, as well as a place called the Grey Havens. We need to gather a few specific items, and though my knowledge of the north western regions of the land is limited, I'm fairly confident that it is where we'll find what we seek".
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 18 posts
Dragon
Tue 2 Jan 2018
at 01:25
  • msg #171

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shock stares at Ryland for a moment, then snorts.  Dragons are hard to read, but this comes across as possibly a sign of frustration.  She rises to all fours and starts gracefully for one of the exits.

Kairo'uonar follows looking a lot less like the cat that Shock portrays and more like a playful, energetic puppy as he hops about, still growing accustomed to his freedom.

Shock leads the two of you into another cavern, larger than any other and filled with exits, small - for dragons - alcoves in the walls for resting or hiding things, and a rather pitiful treasure pile.  Dragon hordes, such as the legends tell, are enormous, floor to ceiling coins, tools of warfare, art, and the like.  Her pile would barely make a bed for her and is mostly coin.

She does not head for the pile.  Instead, she launches into the air to an alcove about halfway up on one side of the cave.  There she disappears over the lip for a moment.  Papers shuffling and wood sliding on wood can be heard.  When she is done, she hops off the ledge and glides back down to the ground.  "Open this."  She hands a large leather tube to Ryland.  The tube has a wooden cap at the end that unscrews.  "Please be careful.  It is one of my more prized treasures."
Ryland Vance
player, 217 posts
Human
Bard
Tue 2 Jan 2018
at 02:28
  • msg #172

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland slowly and carefully opens the leather case, and slides out the contents to inspect. He asks wryly, looking around "I don't suppose you have hobbit carvings and elvish goblets laying around while we're at it" he says, smiling.
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 19 posts
Dragon
Tue 2 Jan 2018
at 02:55
  • msg #173

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shock looks around at her things.  "I only have three cups that would fit the description of 'chalice'.  Two were gifts from the Gonhirrim.  One is a simple wooden affair with some ornate trim from human lands, a gift from another of my kind from long ago.  I do not know what a...hobbit is."

The contents of the scroll case is a large map of some unknown area.  The writings are in a flowing script that Ryland has never seen.  Each detail of the map is exquisite in detail.  Mountains rise on both the eastern and western edges of the map with all manner of rivers, forest lands, and the like in between.  On the west end of the map, the mountains are split by a large bay, almost a gulf.

Eventually, Ryland does recognize enough landmarks to understand that the far east side of the map is the western Misty Mountains.
Ryland Vance
player, 218 posts
Human
Bard
Wed 3 Jan 2018
at 14:19
  • msg #174

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"By the stars... I didn't think a map this old would exist anymore. Shock, I'm speechless. Would you mind if I transcribed a smaller copy?".
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 20 posts
Dragon
Wed 3 Jan 2018
at 15:33
  • msg #175

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Not at all.  There is a small polished rock you can use as a table over there.  You will have to provide your own parchment and writing stylus, though.  I don't keep such things around for obvious reasons."  She points to a flat stone boulder that is as polished as any marble and flatish with only a slight bowl feel to it.

"I also have an idea of how you might get to where you need to go with minimal time.  Travel afoot for your kind would take too long and the Dischord does not have such time available to her."
Ryland Vance
player, 219 posts
Human
Bard
Wed 3 Jan 2018
at 23:19
  • msg #176

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland nods and returns the map to its case, and sits it down on the "table". "I'll go retrieve the required materials" he says as he sets off in a hurry.
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 21 posts
Dragon
Thu 4 Jan 2018
at 04:02
  • msg #177

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

It is easy enough to expend an hour, with or without Toben's help, to make a workable copy of the map.  It's not exquisite like the one Shock produced, but it has all the details right and will get those going where they need to go.

The dragons, the Maiar, Ano, Toben, and Ryland all meet together in the treasure cave after the map is done.  Shock drops down from one of the ledges as the humans enter.  "You will need to find Windfang.  He will be able to carry you swiftly to the west and back within the time allotted.  His cave is near the boundary of the evil dragons and the Dragon Master where the Heath is still withered.  Follow the mountains along the south and his cave will be in the mountains just before the land changes.  Windfang is a straw-colored dragon with light blue and white highlights.  He also has...feathers."  She says the last as if it is some kind of deformation or social faux pax.

"One thing, Windfang is not that big.  He can only carry two of you."
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1333 posts
Human
Scholar
Thu 4 Jan 2018
at 18:42
  • msg #178

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben looks at Ryland and then others. "I guess we should decide which two ought to go then. Ryland, with your knowledge of lore and ability to talk your self into anything, you seem well suited to go. That just leaves one more spot." His last statement hangs in the air.

"I would volunteer myself, but I'm not much in a fight if it came down to that. How long of a journey is it to Windfang's cave?"
This message was last edited by the player at 18:44, Thu 04 Jan 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 978 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 05:16
  • msg #179

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Hope to do reaction to above conversations tomorrow.

Klale presents Ryland and Toben with helms and their sleevéd mithril chain shirts [Hope I remember right.]. His companions hold up the wonders, which are padded on the shoulders (so the shirts sit easier on them), they see what seems to be a threaded pattern covering the front. I incorporated a Glyph of Protection into each, Klale explains. Until their poser is exhausted, they make the armor better and absorb some damage you would otherwise take. I choose the glyph for myself and you because they do not fade from time passing.

INFO

Glyph of Protection

This glyph provides several benefits to the wearer of the armor.

-AC bonus equal to the smith's ranks in Glyph Forging up to 5. So 5
-DR = to the smith's ranks in Glyph Forging/2.  Magic weapons bypass DR. So 5
-Bonus to all saves equal to the smith's ranks in Glyph Forging/5 up to 5. So 2

The glyph lasts until the armor takes damage equal to the smith's ranks in Glyph Forging x3. So 15  Armor takes damage if the wearer takes damage, but also if the attack is within the AC range of the armor.  For example, if I am wearing armor with a glyph that has a total AC bonus of 10 (5 natural +5 glyph) and I have a DEX mod of +2 for a total AC of 22, then any attack rolls higher than a 12 but equal to or less than 22 will be considered damage to the armor.  (The armor doesn't actually take damage, but is considered damage for the purpose of the spell.)

I think the AC, all things considered, would be +7. Need help figuring stats out. Would hope strumming failure, arcane failure would be 1%.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1335 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 14:44
  • msg #180

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben holds up the shirt and stares at its brilliance for a moment. "This is exquisite, Klale. Really quite remarkable. I don't know what to say." He removes his cloak and slides the shirt over his head. "And it fits perfectly as well."

He walks over and clasps Klale's forearm. "If I am to leave to help Ryland fetch the ritual items, I'll make sure to help get that last enchanted forge up and running before we do. It's the least I could do for such a fine gift."
Klale Tsolo
player, 979 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 03:10
  • msg #181

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

When Klale learns of this Melkor's "somehow" ongoing assault on Delunaur, he regards the Dischord. "Lady, I have little understanding of your plight except that this Melkor is trying to get you to do or feel in ways you would rather not...as my grandfather would say..."if you had your druthers." But I do have some ideas: First, realize this creature is not your master but a trouble-making failure who, devoid of friends and friendship, resorts to bullying. And, second, grow toward what you want to be. You have the power of choice; choose that which leads toward your true desires. So there's some advice from the lips of a mortal...maybe not good...if not, devise yourself better."

Klale strokes his beard. "And third...well, this Melkor's got to be working on you some way. Maybe he's like fly buzz around you head. Then, with your permission, I'll measure your head and craft a kind of helmet. Shouldn't hurt and might help."

---------

Klale presents Delunaur with metal headgear complete with nosepiece with bridges under the eyes to the body. The edges are of one solid run. The rest looks woven...metal bars interweaving, and, in some places with ends projecting out a finger's breadth. The whole somehow has an aura of tension. Klale explains "Each strip, or bar, is magnetized. Sometimes I've welded attractive ends; sometimes, opposing. So there's a dance between harmony and a coming together and dissonance and desire to part. The projections, I hope, lend this dance depth. Please try it on."

-----------

Klale readies himself to travel as guard for Ryland and Toben. "I won't be able to ride with you. I'll do what I can here. ... I miss Xarini; comes a time when a man wants to feel welcoming arms and a hot meal at labor's end."
Delunaur Dischord of Fire
NPC, 30 posts
Maiar
Dischord
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 03:36
  • msg #182

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Thank you Klale."  Delunaur tries the helmet on.  After a several minutes of conversation she looks over at Gwaelind and shakes her head sadly.  "I don't know that it's helping.  I'll keep it on, just in case, but at this point..."  She turns to Klale.  "You have to understand, Maiar are not beings of choice.  We are creatures designed for a purpose.  When Melkor corrupted my brethren and I, he bound us to him.  While I am far away, the outright control diminishes.  I fear, were he to stand before us and order me to kill Gwaelind - whom I love - I would take my weapon in hand and do it with gladness.  Even now, that control is being asserted.  Soon, I will need to be bound.  Once the control is complete and my rebellion is finished, I will need to be killed."

The Maiar and the dragons shake hands with the humans as they depart for the Gonhirrim town on the wagon.

Once there, the Gonhirrim, Bellow, Toben, and Klale prepare to cast the second forge.

{I will need equivalent rolls again, gentlemen.  Same as last forge.

See msg#3 in this thread: link to a message in this game}

Toben Ironsprings
player, 1336 posts
Human
Scholar
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 05:10
  • msg #183

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

With all the contributors from the last forge gathered for the second time, Toben addresses them all. "I know you've all been hard at work doing your ancestors proud at the forges, and with the coming darkness, I wanted to make sure you all have the tools at your disposal to make the most of the time before it arrives. A second forge, similar to the first, but this one specializing in protective magic."

Toben reaches into his pouch and pulls out a small amethyst gem with a faint purple glow. "We can begin whenever you're all ready."
Klale Tsolo
player, 980 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 05:29
  • msg #184

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale lends his help and expertise to Toben (+12+2=+14). No help on Arcane.
Eru
GM, 833 posts
Tue 9 Jan 2018
at 02:27
  • msg #185

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Again the Gonhirrim and the dragon, Bellow, follow Toben and Klale's lead in the casting of the new forge.  Practiced now, with a better handle on what is going on, the forge is completed in much less time than the first.  There is a ruddy sheen to the rock of the forge and the fire itself is a deeper red like that of a dying fire.  However, the flame burns just as hot.

When done, all involved do not feel quite as exhausted as last time.  Nothing that a nice late lunch and cool drinks can't slake.  The meal and drinks are, of course, on the Gonhirrim.  As the party of now four eats, drinks, and prepares for the next step in their adventure.

The Gonhirrim will, from time to time, come up and speak to Toben and Klale, thanking them for their hard work and the marvelous forge.  However, as the group settles into planning, their faces looking more serious, they are left alone.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1337 posts
Human
Scholar
Wed 10 Jan 2018
at 14:19
  • msg #186

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As they eat and drink, Toben catches Klale up on everything that transpired regarding the ritual. "Looks like we might have a lead or two on some of these items, but we'll need to meet with Windfang first. According to Shock, he's fast but can only carry two passengers."
Ano
player, 662 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 10 Jan 2018
at 15:24
  • msg #187

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"If only two can go with this Windfang, the rest if us would be well suited to looking for the next Maiar.  I have been informed that the dragons of the west have with them a dragon master called Voroch Hastir.  He may have similar powers to the ones I posses and may even be one of the discords.  If so I think it likely that they hold Naurel the song of fire
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1338 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 03:23
  • msg #188

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Sounds like you'd be well suited to investigate this Voroch Hastir then? It also seems like you'll need more muscle on that venture than the one Ryland is leading. Might I suggest Klale go with you, while I join Ryland?"
Ryland Vance
player, 220 posts
Human
Bard
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 15:28
  • msg #189

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"A splendid idea, If I do say so myself, and I do. Oh, and Master Klale, your gift is humbling and splendid to say the least. I'll wear it with pride. Ano, one thing of note that I gleaned from the patrons of the Copper Nugget about this Voroch fellow, is that while the dragons look to him for leadership, he doesn't control them. I'm not sure how much information you yourself were able to gather, but that tidbit stuck out to me like a sore thumb. If even the slightest seeds of dissent could be sewn among their ranks, it would prove crucial to your cause. Our cause, rather. Do mind yourself out there though, you and Klale both. I wont be around to play aerial support" he says with a chuckle. "Ah, pardon my interruption, Toben. It seems returning to my old dive has dulled my manners".
Klale Tsolo
player, 982 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 17 Jan 2018
at 00:13
  • msg #190

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

When Ano and Klale are left behind, Klale discusses the dangerous situation with the dragons and dwarves. Object: to formulate a cogent plan.
Eru
GM, 837 posts
Thu 18 Jan 2018
at 03:19
  • msg #191

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

With the forges in full swing, many of the young, non-aligned dragons come to the dwarven town to see the wonders.  A full thirty of them appear at one time, and per Klale's desires, a makeshift battle council is formed.

Among those present are Shock, Bellow, and Kairo'uonar for the dragons.  Galim Stormhammer, who leads the Gonhirrim in the Heath, stands with several of his fellow dwarves.  Ano and Klale represent the humans.

Galim opens the discussion by laying out the issue.  "Older dragons, evil in purpose an' power, but few in number threaten t' take over th' Heath an' make it withered once again.  T' do this, they must wipe out th' non-aligned young ones who outnumber them five t' one.  Their only asset beyond th' obvious is Voroch Hastir, of whom we know nothin'."

Shock speaks next.  "The evil dragons grow bolder.  They fly five to a wing now with Voroch riding.  Just this morning, they came as far as Lake Wysterion.  Seven of our own fled at first sign, so none were killed, but if they hunt us down like that and pick us off in small numbers, we will not last against them.  I give us three days at most before they are bold enough to attack and kill if we don't come up with a plan to ward them off."
Klale Tsolo
player, 983 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 23:29
  • msg #192

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale asks for details about the evil dragons' attack tactics. He thinks about it and begins drawing in the dirt. It seems you have numbers on your side. How about this, he says. Making up a team of two, or any even number, you start by flying even with each other with distance between. If an evil dragon, or team of dragons stars chasing one side, the chased dragon(s) turn toward the path your friend(s) would take. The friends turn toward the attacked dragon(s). Than the friends are on the attacker(s)' tail(s). He uses his hands to help explain. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thach_Weave  (Thatcher Weave)

After discussion, the dragons practrice. {one hopes the unaligned dragons will realize theirt collective peril and cooperate.

Discussion turns to whether the dwarves should march into the hostile territory to destroy nests or strongholds.
Eru
GM, 839 posts
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 23:56
  • msg #193

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons murmur among themselves, but sound impressed by the tactical advice.  They agree to test it among themselves in the east before giving it a go against the elder dragons.

The Gonhirrim hear Klale's further suggestions of attacking nests and grow excited.  "While th' youngsters draw 'em off, we can sap their lairs.  Even if th' dragon survives an' returns, th' moment they enter their lair, it'll collapse on top o' them.  Not even an elder dragon can survive a mountain on 'is 'ead."

"This will only work, once or twice," a large golden dragon says.  It's voice has something of Shock's timbre to it allowing the humans to realize the dragons is female.  "After that, we will have to come up with a new tactic.  We cannot repeat this nineteen more times."
Klale Tsolo
player, 984 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 20 Jan 2018
at 04:10
  • msg #194

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klael says I don't understand ab out the nineteen more times. Even so, we have numbers, and working once or twice will change the odds. If they start to vary their tactics, we vary ours. It seems to me that the basic strategy is to concentrate attacking power while using bait and flight for defense.
Molfistarion
Sun 21 Jan 2018
at 00:13
  • msg #195

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Another dragon, light blue with red highlights and horns, replies to Klale.  When he speaks, his voice sounds hollow, ethereal and bubbly, like shallow rapids.  "There are twenty elder dragons.  One hundred and twelve non-aligned.  We could collapse one, maybe two, before we would have to change tactics.  Any more and we risk the lives of our Gonhirrm friends."
Klale Tsolo
player, 985 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 21 Jan 2018
at 02:35
  • msg #196

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale asks Why are the non-aligned nonaligned? And I guess it would be good to make a list of the numbers and sizes or capabilities of all the known local dragons and whoever else will be, or might be, involved.
Molfistarion
Sun 21 Jan 2018
at 03:32
  • msg #197

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The blue and red dragon, Molfistarion by name, responds to the request for numbers.  "There are 20 elder dragons.  Each retains the power they had in youth, but have gathered much more.  They fall into five general categories, elemental natures that reflect their heritage: eldritch, storms, plague, war, and death.  They have great size and strength physically in addition to their inherent magical abilities."

"Of the non-aligned, we are not so broad in our power, though we are physically faster and more agile.  Our magic is more focused, but there is strength in that purity that the elder dragons gave up.  Shochraos'altiui, for example, is lightning.  We have night, fire, lightning, smoke, steam, acid, earth, metal, crystal, water, ice, flora, animal, sonic, wind, light, and arcane.  We do not divide so evenly as the elder dragons.  For example, we have ten night, seven lightning, but only one flora, animal, and arcane.  That also means, should we lose those latter, that line is gone forever."
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:31, Sat 27 Jan 2018.
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 23 posts
Dragon
Sun 21 Jan 2018
at 03:35
  • msg #198

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"We are non-aligned, Klale Tsolo, because we do not choose any side except ourselves.  We serve no one.  Not Melkor, not the Creator, nor any mortal master.  We rule ourselves, do what we believe to be right without reference to another's moral paradigm.  In truth, we are aligned.  We are aligned with each other, with the dragons you see represented here, and no other.  All we want is to be left alone and to leave the world alone."
Klale Tsolo
player, 986 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 21 Jan 2018
at 04:42
  • msg #199

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

So flora, animal, and eldrich stay our of battle. For the rest, the foe will not leave you alone. Figure out how you can best work together to defeat the foe, using guile and numbers. Then, when this is done, set boundaries. The realm within, when Melkor is, I hope, taken care of permanently, for the dragons and dwarves in harmony for, I hope, as long as the world endures.

We should practice and ready ourselves so as to respond to the next attack. If possible, it would be good to let the foe penetrate and then swoop in from the sides.

Ano
player, 665 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Sun 21 Jan 2018
at 18:35
  • msg #200

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano had been listening to the different sides speak for a long time now and the idea of large scale war seemed so alien to him.  " Can we afford to wait for their next attack or should we be hitting them at their home where it will hurt.  We have the numbers and the speed,  if we all work together we can do this.  "  he turns to Klale and asks "could you and the dwarves create something we could use to ground the elder dragons.  If they can't fly then we gain that much more advantage"
Klale Tsolo
player, 988 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 21 Jan 2018
at 21:47
  • msg #201

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

I've no idea how to ground elder dragons. I remember Kornari on the ground...most impressive, but mayb e elder dragons wouldn't be so nimble. Others may have ideas.

Anyway, there needs to be practice and the forming of teams. Also, I think it might be wise if the Gonhirrim made advanced bases with supplies. We have the rest of today, tomorrow, maybe the day after tomorrow. The n we must be ready. Ano, it there's an incursion, I thing all of us should invade. It will be hard, though; this I fear is a war to the death.

Molfistarion
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 16:23
  • msg #202

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"You ground a dragon by taking out a wing."

At Klale's suggestion, the Gonhirrim start loading up for establishing forward bases at the edge of non-aligned territory.  These will be built within cave that have relatively small egresses so that the larger dragons will have a hard time getting in to them.  They have several already mapped out that will work, with entrances far enough from the main cavern that a larger dragon could not practically get through.

The dragons all launch into the air to spread word and begin maneuvers far to the east away from prying eyes of the evil dragon's servants.
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 29 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 16:43
  • msg #203

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

While the locals prepare, Gwaelind arrives.  He appears nervous, and keeps looking back toward the east where Shock's lair is located.  "Ano, Klale, I haven't much time.  I wanted to offer these to all of you, but I was too intent on Delunaur.  My blessings to you will have to suffice."

"Ano, I imagine that your skill set will be helpful in the air as much on the ground, especially against this other Dragon Master, whomever they may be.  To you, I give the gift of flight.  You can fly as fast as the fastest dragon and outmaneuver all but the best of them I imagine, though I cannot say that I've seen every dragon in flight.  Such ponderous creatures in the air, I know that I cannot be far off."

"Klale.  I imagine that your battle will be on the ground exclusively.  You already have those wonderful boots, and I recommend that you never take them off.  However, should you find yourself being suffocated, you will not be without air.  To you I give the everbreath.  So long as you remain faithful to the light of the Creator, you will never lack for breath."

A brief zephyr passes through the area right outside the Gonhirrim town.  The two heroes feel the energy of the wind suffuse them.
Ano
player, 666 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 17:45
  • msg #204

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano takes a knee in front of Gwaelind, head bowed low.  "Thank you for this honor, we will see to it that the darkenss will not prevail."

He stands and looks the Maiar in the eyes. "Do not worry about your love.  My friends will find a way,  they have not let down any of the songs yet.  They will save her.  Be with her and know that the mithrail shields will protect you"
Klale Tsolo
player, 989 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 22:05
  • msg #205

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale bows his head and says Thank You. He then holds out his hands to take Gwaelind's hands in his. Friendship. May it come to pass that we mortals will act so you may fulfill your proper functions. I judge You were as intent on Delunaur. as You shoudl be. One more thing: Remind Delunaur that fire needs air, and pure air make for pure fire.
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 30 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 13:23
  • msg #206

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Gwaelind takes Ano's shoulders and gently beckons him to rise.  "I am not the Creator, Ano.  I'm just a fellowservant with you.  You give us much hope."  He returns the firm shake from Klale, his own strength not far from Klale's.  "Thank you both.  I will tell Delunaur.  May the Creator light your path in the darkest of times."

The dwarves are preparing to head west and set up forward bases.  The dragons are practicing Klale's maneuver and more.  Neither group appears to have a designated leader.  The closest is the Gonhirrim forgemaster, and he is not military.

The dragons, for all their knowledge, seem young and inexperienced in any kind of warfare.

{What will Ano and Klale do specifically?  Head with the dwarves, the dragons, their own thing?}
Klale Tsolo
player, 990 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 21:04
  • msg #207

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale watches the dragons and will debrief them. It doesn't take long for the host to realize that organization is essential. They gather to discuss matters; and, surprisingly, look to Klale for his ideas.

He scratches his head. "Well, you all are, I think, more powerful and able than I in many way. Still...well...we humans enjoy thinking up things So...for what it's worth....

"You twenty elder dragons team up by twos. As you maneuver the way I've suggested, or however the situation warrants, whichever is to the right is the leader. Whoever is to the left takes advantage of whatever the one to the right is doing. I don't know your powers, but think that each team should have different abilities.

"Of you non-aligned—and please keep in mind that you are fighting for your freedom...Melkor may seem to offer freedom but he desires above all that every other being become his slaves—form teams of three. Two act as we discussed, with the right-side one in control. The third should be the one who can fly highest. You will stoop from above; for all I know, you may be able to and on, or his the foe's back. If something like that happens, the other two go for the wings or neck. Should you be able to force a foe to the ground, feint. When the foe's attention is on one, the other strikes.

"Oh, and reserve some, the fastest, for scouts.

"Let all remember that this is a war to the death, above all, the death of this mysterious Voroch Hastir. And remember that victory means that all future dragons should learn by heart the roll of your names.

"The flora, animal, and eldritch can follow the Gonhirrim and carry messages. Remember that your first duty is survival."
This message was last edited by the player at 06:36, Wed 24 Jan 2018.
Eru
GM, 846 posts
Wed 24 Jan 2018
at 12:40
  • msg #208

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons nod and whisper and for all that they are so much larger, act like new teenaged recruits in an army.  They perform wonderfully in the aerial practice, taking to heart Klale's words about the seriousness of the situation.

At one point during the practice, they offer to take Ano and Klale into the air, to see what it is like and perhaps give them perspective to come up with new tactics they would not normally conceive of on the ground.  Since the evil dragons have a rider, it might behoove the non-aligned to have at least one as well.

The Gonhirrim contingent has set out, thirty dwarves in groups of five, to establish forward bases in the base of the mountains that form a sort of barrier to the western Heath. {see map I will provide}  They move in such a way as to hide their numbers from scouts above.

Also, a small contingent of warriors from the Gonhirrim stationed in the Lonely Mountain arrives, prepared to battle as well.  They number forty and are grizzled veterans.
Klale Tsolo
player, 992 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 24 Jan 2018
at 17:50
  • msg #209

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale replies When it comes to it, I've been advised to stay on the ground. However, for practice.... I'll ride. Here's the idea: When the evil dragons put for the their strength, we want them to make progress, driving "our" dragons back and and away, thinking they have you scared. then you come at them from the sides and above. The ones who were fleeing turn. The idea is to surround them, creating confusion in their ranks as they attempt to turn to meet all the threats. I'll pretend to be  Voroch Hastir, assuming he's riding a dragon. Ano, you can judge how it's going. It may be you should be riding when it comes to battle. The question for me if whether I stay below the battle or go with the Gonhirrim. I incline to the latter, for where the aerial battle will take place is unknown. It would be hard for me to get there.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/...#Tactical_deployment
Klale Tsolo
player, 994 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 25 Jan 2018
at 20:25
  • msg #210

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale reminds the dwarves to take the mirror. The smith has a hunch that it will prove useful.
Eru
GM, 852 posts
Sun 4 Feb 2018
at 02:23
  • msg #211

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Three days later, the Gonhirrim are all in place.  The young dragons begin a series of theatrics in small groups will others remain hidden in clouds at much higher altitudes.  During this time, Klale and Ano - who rides with one of the groups not posing as bait and using his belt to ignore the cold of such a high altitude - get to see the majority of the non-aligned dragons.

{Non-aligned dragons:

Lightning (7) - led by Shock
Smoke (5) - led by a dark, intense dragon names Ys'shathas
Steam (2) - a mated pair: male - Molfistarion; female (not fighting) - Sshor'sissanei
Acid (7) - led by a female Hissayathar; light green and soft yellow in color
Earth (8) - flightless dragons but tough; range in color from black to dirt brown; led by an imposing male named Brockard
Metal (20) - various colors including precious metals; led by a reddish colored iron named Iyrex; claws and teeth can cut through dragon scale
Night (10) - black to midnight colors; led by Coalara; capable of imposing darkness
Crystal (3) - seemingly clear scales of different colors; immune to magic and most energy types; led by Vixtaeroc
Water (9) - blue with light blue horns and highlights; led by Hydron'aquarius; immune to fire
Ice (10) - white with light blue horns; weak against fire, but able to cause major icing problems for flyers, even by touch; led by Frostbite
Flora (1) - not fighting; Hyacinth
Animal (1) - not fighting; Rabbit
Sonic (5) - violet and purple colored dragons; musical sounds as they move; pleasant to be around; capable of deafening roars, muting or deafening opponents; lead by Starsong
Wind (12) - golden colored dragons, usually led by Windfang; currently led by Zephyrim
Light (5) - various colored dragons; led by Raydia; laser breath, scintillating scales, capable of illusions and blinding opponents
Arcane (1) - not fighting; Rubix}


There is allegedly a fire dragon that runs with the non-aligned, but he's not been seen in a couple of months.
Dragon War - Day 1
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 18:49
  • msg #212

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The first set of bait dragons is a trio of Ice dragons playing and pretending to not realize how close they are getting to the elder territory.  Ano is in the clouds with one set of three: the leader of the Smoke named Ys'shathas, Molfistarion, the Steam who spoke so much during planning, and Shock, whom Ano rides.  They circle high above dark clouds to the north.

Another group of three including Hissayathar who leads the acid, Zephyirm, leader of the Wind, and Coalara, leader of the Night dragons, hides to the south.

On the ground, Earth dragons have dug temporary caves further east where the dragons plan to bring down one of the elder.  Twenty dragons of various kinds hide in these makeshift tunnels waiting to spring out and capture or slay the elder dragon.  Klale is among these.

The Gonhirrim wait much closer to elder territory, holding off on plans to attack the lairs until this first foray into engagement with the larger, evil dragons.

When the assault comes, it comes fast.  Three elder dragons dart out of the high perches of the mountainous barrier separating the Heath from the Wither.  Shrieking in fear that is all too real, the Ice dragons claw at the air attempting to get away.

The dragon master is not with these three.

Just before the elder dragons catch the Ice, the six others come diving in free fall for them.  Blasts of electrical energy, wind, and sound slam into the lead dragon which Shock says is a War Dragon full of spikes, bladed scales, fangs, and claws.  It fumbles in the air under the assault giving the Ice a chance to swoop around and hit it with ice enough to burdent it.  Its wings frozen in a glide, it heads toward the ground about three miles short of the Earth dragon ambush.  The Earth dragon scout sees it go down and relays that to the rest of the ground forces who look to Klale for guidance.

Seeing the trap sprung, the other two elders - an Eldritch and a Plague - turn about and flee.  The younger dragons want to pursue and take out a second dragon, but seem to expect Ano to advise them on this course of action.
Klale Tsolo
player, 995 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 20:31
  • msg #213

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Let's hope it can be kept down. Run at a speed that let's you have breath when you get there. Move!

[I figure that Klale can ride one of the earth-bound dragons.
Ano
player, 672 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 7 Feb 2018
at 15:50
  • msg #214

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano nods to the other dragons "Take them.  Work together,  focus on the plague dragon if you think you can avoid it's breath.  I don't want to see what he can do to you guys"
Eru
GM, 855 posts
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 02:22
  • msg #215

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

On the ground, the Earth dragons leave their hideaways at a dead sprint, the largest scooping up Klale on the run and plopping him on his back.  Feline-like bodies several times in size move them forward at near 70 miles an hour or more sustained the entire way.  Something in the earth itself gives them speed.  The other kinds, the ones with wings, choose to fly.

~~~~

In the air, Shock and three others - Ys'shathas, Molfistarion, and Zephyirm - outpace the rest.  At first, the larger dragons are able to stay at a given distance from these, but soon, they begin to tire and slow.  The exuberant youth, on the other hand, see their chance and redouble their efforts, gaining ground swiftly.  The five that lag behind also push harder, but they are no match for the four in the lead for speed.

~~~~

As soon as the Earth dragons and their friends arrive, they find themselves face to face with an angry War Dragon who has just shaken the last of the ice from his wings.  Before he can leap into the air and attempt a getaway, two of the Earth dragons pounce.  Four others circle around using some kind of minor magic to reach out with the ground and anchor the big dragon.  The last of the Earth dragons that chose to fight, stops back a few yards to let Klale down and wait for an opening.

The War Dragon slams into the ground again, then rips its wings out from under the two who pounced, flipping them through the air.  As the other young dragons - the fliers - arrive, it tucks its wings in and extends razor sharp spines along its back.  "Clever trap, little ones.  I shall have to relay your temerity to the other elder dragons.  We should have cleansed the Heath of your foolishness a long time ago."

It tears a forearm out of the meager spell binding it and flicks the rocks at one of the fliers, causing it to panic and fall to the ground.  The War Dragon chuckles.  "You want to play with the big dragons, eh?  Let's play."  Its eyes glow red and its claws grow three times in length.  It whips its tail back and forth a couple of times before raising it into the air and extending a bevy of blades from the tip like some kind of lethal flower blooming all of a sudden.
Klale Tsolo
player, 996 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 06:41
  • msg #216

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale advances with shield and sword. Impressive display. You have things backward. These dragons were minding their own business; it was you who attacked.
War Dragon
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 14:50
  • msg #217

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The War Dragon tilts its head and peers down at Klale, who only comes up to right below its knee.  "What's this?  A Man?  Ho HO!  That is...about the saddest thing I think I've ever seen."  He looks around at the rest of the dragons who seem a bit cowed by his words.  "You are so desperate that you ally with a Man?  One Man?  HA!  HAHAHAHAHA!"
Klale Tsolo
player, 997 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 19:18
  • msg #218

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale shrugs. As is said, "Desperate times call for desperate measures."* And among us humans uniting to rid themselves of a tyrant, "We must, indeed, all hang together or, most assuredly, we all shall hang separately."** Those who surround you now, it's plain to see that they have a healthy respect for your prowess. Maybe they'll be daunted enough so they'll leave, letting us to have a tête-a-tête. Of course, that means defeat and death sooner or later. Tough choice. by the way, how much fun is it to scare and hurt those who have not yet reached your size?

* https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki...r_desperate_measures

** Franklin
Ano
player, 673 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 01:19
  • msg #219

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano shouts down to Shock "If you think we  can take them without leaving the others too far behind then we should attack."    He hunches low to lessen the effects of the wind and prepares to join in the fight as they close distance.
War Dragon
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 02:33
  • msg #220

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"You will die first for your impudence, Man."  The War Dragon casually swats at Klale with a claw, the way a cat might swat at a mouse it's not really interested in, but hasn't killed yet.  The claws, like two-handed swords screech across Klale's armor, which protects him from immediate death, but not from taking some cuts where the claws find openings.

The half-effort does not knock the big blacksmith away, though, leaving him an opening as the dragon follows through the swipe with a step toward the nearest Earth dragon, leaving Klale below its right armpit.

{21:24, Today: Eru, for the NPC War Dragon, rolled 41 using 1d20+34.  Attack vs. Klale.
21:26, Today: Eru, for the NPC War Dragon, rolled 13 using 2d8+5.  Damage vs. Klale.
Movement - 10' step forward.
}
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 24 posts
Dragon
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 02:51
  • msg #221

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shock nods and the four lead dragons speed ahead.  They ignore the Eldritch dragon and swarm the Plague dragon.  It is a soupy-green with yellow and black bumps all over its skin, which is leathery like an alligator's rather than truly scaled.  Molfistarion digs his claws into the neck and opens his mouth to release an intense jet of steam at the Plague's head.  Shock lands at the rear where the ridged tail leaves the larger dragon's body.  The tail immediately starts twitching and smoking as amps of electricity pour into the Plague's back end.

Ys'shathas and Zephyrim both grab on to the wings, but only for a moment.  Zephyrim does something then laughs and lets the rushing wind strip him away.  The Smoke dragon on the other wing, hangs on for longer and breaths on the appendage.  A translucent quality spreads across the wing from where the shadowy breath hit.  Ys'shathas still clings to the wing, but it doesn't seem to be catching air any more as it beats ever more frantically.  The Plague starts to plummet with three smaller dragons still attached to it.

The Eldritch dragon slows its own forward motion and looks down at its troubled companion.  It opens its mouth and a bright purple cone of energy blasts out, enveloping the Plague dragon and everyone connected to it.  The lightning stops and the Plague's wings catch air again, allowing it to soar.

At that moment, Molfistarion and Ys'shathas both let go.  The latter is born away by the wind like smoke in a hurricane.  Molfistarion vomits and plummets back first toward the ground.  Only Shock is able to hold on.  "I don't feel well, Ano."
Klale Tsolo
player, 998 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 07:01
  • msg #222

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale strikes up into the armpit, trying to hit a tender spot so he can get at a tendon. His first stroke makes an opening and burns; his second effort achieves good results, also burning, and reminds the war dragon that it is not invulnerable.

[If by some miracle, the dragon fails either saving throw, it's held for 10 rounds.]

Damage 1: 2+1+4+1= 8   Danage 2: 11+1+4+5= 24
22:53, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 6 using 2d8 with rolls of 1,5.  Fire Damage.

22:52, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 13 using 4d6 with rolls of 1,1,6,5.  Probable Damages.


After looking at the chaaracter sheet, I took 20s. Klale has a +17 and +9 to hit. I figure the first hit and the second did also because it used the opening from the first hit.

22:51, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 11 using 1d20 with rolls of 11.  Confirm Critical.

Eru
GM, 858 posts
Sun 11 Feb 2018
at 05:38
  • msg #223

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale's decisive strike catches the War Dragon right in the joint between foreleg and chest.  The damage is not extensive, but it does distract the dragon, causing it to miss a step.  The other dragons are on it immediately.

The War Dragon gives a considerable effort, despite the setback and the odds against it.  It slays four dragons before the others bring it down with Klale's help.  At the very last, it's head slams into the ground, it's eyes staring at Klale in disbelief as it exhales it's last and dies.

During the fight, Klale's glyph protected twice him from the momentary attention the War Dragon gave him.  Not once did it turn its fiery breath on the human, and the claws individually were not all that threatening.  One bite and an inadvertent tail swipe hurt, though.  {87 Damage beyond Glyph}

None of the dragons made it through the battle without at least one serious wound.  The sixteen left help one another limp home.  Only five can fly with any assurance of reaching their destination.  Most seem to have the fight knocked right out of them.  None will touch the four fallen.  Toward the end of the battle, it looked like the dragons fought to survive, knowing that if they fled, the War Dragon would hunt them down one by one and kill them as it had their companions.

One of the Earth, a younger one by the name of Georrasque, offers Klale a ride back to the Gonhirrim town.  It is unknown what happened to the dragons in the air with Ano.

{Waiting on Ano to post.}
Klale Tsolo
player, 999 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 11 Feb 2018
at 07:41
  • msg #224

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

KIlale's armor is a wreck, and he may bear scars from his wounds. Fortunately, while they look bad none are disabling. It goes hard, but it can be done. Take justified pride. We'll learn from this and do better next time. Unless you object, I want to return and take some hide of this ancient one. I have an idea.

Georrasque, thank you.

Ano
player, 676 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Mon 12 Feb 2018
at 03:34
  • msg #225

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Apparently physical contact is out of the question,  can you make attacks at a range.  Maybe we can still take him,  but not with the other dragon backing him up.  perhaps we should pull back."
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 25 posts
Dragon
Mon 12 Feb 2018
at 04:24
  • msg #226

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shock looks down at Molfistarion and over to the Eldritch dragon eyeing her in turn.  "He waits for us to do anything and then he will attack.  I am alone, Ano.  I cannot take him, even with my lightning breath.  Our only move at this point is to do nothing and give those we left behind time to catch us."

She looks down again as Molfistarion slams into the ground.  His wings spread out across the grass in a wide fan as if he were taking a sun nap.  There is no movement.
Ano
player, 677 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Mon 12 Feb 2018
at 15:04
  • msg #227

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano looks down at the fallen dragon beneath them feeling great sadness.  "Alright,  fall back to the others."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1000 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 13 Feb 2018
at 06:58
  • msg #228

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Once back and his wounds tended, Klale asks for a debriefing. After the dragons have spoken, Klale offers his opinions. He also offers his idea: The war dragon's hide, if it's backed in a way that keeps its shape, would make a good shield. In particular, it would protect two earth-bound dragons from aerial attack.It also might be possible to use parts of it to protect individual dragons. What think you? And, of course, I'm ignorant of whether it's acceptable to put parts of a fallen enemy to such uses.
Eru
GM, 861 posts
Wed 14 Feb 2018
at 03:01
  • msg #229

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shock falls back as the others approach.  The impasse allows the Plague dragon enough time to recover well enough to disengage and head home.  With Molfistarion down and the others sick or too slow, the hope of following and engaging the two elder dragons is gone.

With heavy hearts, the young dragons return to base.

~~~~

Upon Klale's suggestion, Shock explains, "we have no compunctions against using whatever resources are necessary to drive the evil dragons out of the Heath or destroy them altogether.  We can drag his body here and the Gonhirrim can do what they need to with it.  But we must see to Molfistarion's body, first."

It seems whatever illness the three dragons experienced who touched the Plague has worn off.  Zephyrim wants to lead thirty young dragons out to recover the Steam Dragon's body.
Ano
player, 678 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 14 Feb 2018
at 03:10
  • msg #230

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano speaks up. "May I join you in recovering his body?  It was my fault that sthis fate has befallen him.  I will do what I can to help. "
Klale Tsolo
player, 1001 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 14 Feb 2018
at 04:43
  • msg #231

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I'll talk with the Gonhirrim. And we might make plans, guessing what the evil dragons will do in light of what has happened. In light of what the dragon we killed said, I'm thinking they will attack or perhaps feint in their turn. Not a probable since they're arrogant. Still, there may be a mind beyond theirs at work, one spoken of."

{what's-his-name (or her?)]
Zephyrim
Wed 14 Feb 2018
at 16:23
  • msg #232

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Zephyrim lowers himself down so Ano can board.  "We will be back in a couple of hours with Molfistarion."  He and twenty nine other dragons launch into the air headed west.  Shock stays behind to work on tactics.
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 26 posts
Dragon
Wed 14 Feb 2018
at 16:37
  • msg #233

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I agree that the elder dragons will likely attack.  My fear is that if they attack now, in full force, we could not stand against them.  A direct confrontation with all of them is out of the question."

{Melkor is the primary controller of the evil dragons directly.  They are not under the control of one of the Dark Maiar whom they will view as equals.}
Klale Tsolo
player, 1002 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 14 Feb 2018
at 22:38
  • msg #234

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

But are you faster? And it's interesting that, if they could slay all of you why have they not done so? One reason is that they hope to subvert some of you.
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 27 posts
Dragon
Thu 15 Feb 2018
at 01:02
  • msg #235

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"We are faster.  If we are out in the open.  What I mean is that if they attack while we are recovering, they will thin our numbers and tip the balance against us.  Then it is just a matter of attrition."  She ponders Klale's last comment for a moment.  "There have been no serious attempts at subversion that I am aware of, but perhaps they will try after we have lost sufficient numbers."
Zephyrim
Thu 15 Feb 2018
at 01:07
  • msg #236

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons fly for a short space before they pass over the remains of the War Dragon.  It has not moved.  The time to reach the body of Molfistarion is a bit longer, and when the group arrives, the land next to an indention that indicates where he fell.  There is no sign of the body.

Zephyrim growls.  "They must have him."  He hangs his head.  "I suppose in a way it is fitting considering what we intend to do with Kaashing'draksik."
Wind Dragon
Thu 15 Feb 2018
at 01:24
  • msg #237

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Another of the wind dragons draws Zephyrim's attention.  "They come!  All of them!"

Off in the distance, nine large winged figures approach from the west.  They are moving rapidly.

The few dragons already on the ground begin to run and launch into the air.  Those already flying have circled away and head in multiple directions save west.  Zephyrim waits for Ano to climb aboard.
Ano
player, 679 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Thu 15 Feb 2018
at 01:57
  • msg #238

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano runs and leaps using his ability to fly to help launch him onto the dragon's back.  "go.  We must warn the others."

When they are close enough Ano will light a smoke stick hoping to warn the others.
Zephyrim
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 01:37
  • msg #239

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Zephyrim surges into a run picking up speed before launching into the air.  By the time he does, the elder dragons have covered half the distance between him and their original position when first sighted.  At this distance, Ano can see a humanoid figure riding on the head of the largest dragon, the one in the center.

"I do not know what we hope to accomplish.  If we flee, they may take out the town.  If we engage, they will slay so many of us, we will not recover as a race.  The dragons of Arda will perish out of the land, save perhaps for them."
Eru
GM, 865 posts
Mon 19 Feb 2018
at 02:52
  • msg #240

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

A young dragon comes rushing in to where Klale and Shock are conversing.  "Zephyrim and Ano return!  Ano is holding up a smoke signal!"
Klale Tsolo
player, 1005 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 19 Feb 2018
at 04:51
  • msg #241

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale exits to meet Ano and Zephyrim.
Eru
GM, 866 posts
Mon 19 Feb 2018
at 14:12
  • msg #242

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

It is only Zephyrim and Ano.  None of the other young dragons are with them.

Off in the distance, there is a small line of flying creatures, perhaps birds.  However, the way that Zephyrim is flying, it is probably a lot worse - the worst case scenario in fact.
Ano
player, 680 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 21 Feb 2018
at 01:04
  • msg #243

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As they get close Ano leaps from the dragons back and flies straight to Klale "They are coming.  Prepare to defend"
Klale Tsolo
player, 1006 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 21 Feb 2018
at 01:25
  • msg #244

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale turns to Zephyrim. Get to the other dragons. If the word is passed and all band together to attack, some of you will live. Otherwise, e3ach of lyou will die. May good fortune ride with you.

He urns to Ano. Everybody in the town should get into the forge cave. There We'll make a stand. He gives a great shout. EVIL DRAGONS ARE COMING. EVERYBODY INTO THE FORGE CAVE!
Zephyrim
Wed 21 Feb 2018
at 12:25
  • msg #245

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The Gonhirrim do not scream and panic.  They make an orderly retreat into the cave and on to the forge.

Outside, Zephyrim approaches the ground.  "Do you wish to be dropped off or stay with me, Ano?"

The elder dragons look to be a little over a mile out.
Ano
player, 681 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Mon 26 Feb 2018
at 20:29
  • msg #246

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I will stay with you, friend Zephyrim.  Climb.  Let us find a vantage point from which to consider tactics."  Ano settles himself in his seat for rougher flying as the dragon soars higher with furious beats of his wings.
Eru
GM, 868 posts
Mon 26 Feb 2018
at 20:33
  • msg #247

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The elder dragons arrive at the town.  Two of them land while the rest circle high above.

The larger of the two that landed, another war dragon, sends a stream of fire down the large opening into the underground village.  The jet lasts for a few seconds and thoroughly bathes the primary cavern with fire.

Deeper within the cavern, the heat washes over the Gonhirrim.  Only those in the forge itself barely feel any difference.

"Come out you ratsss," the war dragon growls.  "You wanted to fight.  Then let's fight."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1007 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 26 Feb 2018
at 22:36
  • msg #248

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale works on repairing his armor while the Gonhirrim get as safe possible. If the dragon's hearing is good enough, it hears hammer strokes.
Eru
GM, 869 posts
Mon 26 Feb 2018
at 22:45
  • msg #249

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons outside level imprecations, threats, and rewards to traitors in a constant stream.  This continues for about an hour then silence.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1008 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 26 Feb 2018
at 23:46
  • msg #250

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

While Klale continues, perhaps a dwarf uses a spyhole to survey the situation.
Ano
player, 683 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Tue 27 Feb 2018
at 22:13
  • msg #251

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano speaks with Zephyrim looking down at the scene below.  "We need to rally the other dragons as quickly as we can.  Can we quietly gather everyone together to make an attack."
Dwarven Scout
Tue 27 Feb 2018
at 23:12
  • msg #252

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

One of the Gonhirrim reports back.  "They've not gone.  They're sittin' right outside, starin' a' th' sky.  Th'others still fly o're our 'eads."
Zephyrim
Tue 27 Feb 2018
at 23:15
  • msg #253

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Zephyrim nods and heads north toward the mountains.  Ten minutes of flying brings the two into a small, hidden cavern too small for one of the larger dragons to enter.  Inside there are fifteen dragons of various types, mostly metallic, cowering.

"The elders have gathered at the Gonhirrim's town."

One of the silver speaks up, fear tinging her voice.  "All of them?"

"Yes.  And we are scattered about the Heath."
Ano
player, 684 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 28 Feb 2018
at 21:55
  • msg #254

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Now is the time that we must fight back.  It will require losses but I don't see what other choices we have"
Klale Tsolo
player, 1009 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 28 Feb 2018
at 22:40
  • msg #255

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Heat, hammer, engrave.....
Zephyrim
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 12:54
  • msg #256

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons seem to wilt at the idea of a number of them dying.  Several mumble that there are already so few of them.  Zephyrim's voice cuts through their despair.  "We are dragons, not mewling rats.  We will gather our forces at Windseeker Peak.  From there, we will attack at the Gonhirrim village and drive them back.  Remember the tactics that Klale Tsolo taught us.  We will prevail.  Our numbers far exceed their own.  Learn their strengths and avoid them.  Learn their weaknesses and exploit them.  They are ten.  We are more than a hundred."

The lead wind dragon's words are a cuff to the ear of the younger dragons present.  The lower their heads in silence.  When he finishes speaking, the leave the cave one by one to spread word of the meeting at Windseeker Peak.
Familiar Voice
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 12:58
  • msg #257

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As Klale wraps up his glyph work, the dragons outside let go with another jet of flame and begin another round of taunting.  This time, the war dragon starts clawing at the tunnel leading  deeper into system, opening up the way for his larger mass.

A thick but gentle hand alights on Klale's forearm and a familiar voice brings him out of his contemplation.  "Tha's beautiful work, lad.  Ye've done fine work indeed here a' th' new forge.  Nessy sends her blessin's by th' way."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1011 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 22:03
  • msg #258

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

[There are also the grounded dragons.]

Klale's face is a study in Joy and Wonder—and desperate wish fulfilled. "SARIS! How did you...how is Nessy? And...." A dwarf hand the big man water and sufficient salt for Klale to replenish what was lost by sweat. He drinks. and sighs.

"Saris, I'm badly scratched and nicked up and crave healing. Ther'es a war dragon I these folks must face or...most of us...die."

He makes plans with the dwarves that can help. "I'll be facing the dragon. If you can, attack the sides. If there's a chance, stab or hew at the genitals."
....

Klale dons his armor (with help) and takes up shield and sword. He advances, but first he prays: Any Power for the Good listening and caring, I deem that which I am to attempt is altogether righteous. I fear I am man-proud, but I hope not too proud to welcome help. May it be granted.
Saris Morian
NPC, 190 posts
Gonnhirrim
Cleric
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 22:07
  • msg #259

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Easy, lad.  Let's ge' those wounds tended first."  She touches Klale on each limb and in his chest allowing waves of golden light to pass across his skin.  Wherever the light touches, the wounds erupt with golden energy, then close up, leaving only faint scars.

"Before ya rush off t' face such a mighty foe, perhaps a blessin' first?"  She hands Klale a pair of gauntlets embedded with two brown stones of exquisite cut.  "Try those on.  They should fit.  Ceven made them t' order for Nessy t' give t' you."
This message was last edited by the player at 12:36, Mon 05 Mar 2018.
Zephyrim
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 22:08
  • msg #260

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

By this time, the younger dragons have gathered at the proper location.  From there, Zephyrim leads them in a large flight a hundred strong toward the Gonhirrim village.
Ano
player, 685 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 22:55
  • msg #261

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Thank you for your words of encouragement back there Zephyrim,  I don't know how this day will turn out but I didn't see the elder dragons giving us much choice but to fight" he looks up and down the line of flying dragons "We should spread the word,  if anyone encounters the plague dragon we should resort to indirect attacks only.  avoid physical contact"
Zephyrim
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 23:19
  • msg #262

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The younger dragons spread word from wing to wing, then to those who join them on the ground several miles out.

"What of you, Ano?  I fear what could happen to a Man should you come in contact with such a foul creature. "  Zephyrim glides along almost as if he is trying to delay the inevitable.
Ano
player, 686 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Fri 2 Mar 2018
at 00:19
  • msg #263

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Its a risk I have to take.  We are in this together and I fight with you no matter the risk.  Shock left me with a trick that should help though." Ano lifts off Zephyrim's back and begins to fly ahead of the dragons willing them to follow.
Eru
GM, 874 posts
Mon 5 Mar 2018
at 12:44
  • msg #264

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons see the tiny man lift off and soar ahead and it gives them courage.  They beat the air more strongly with their wings.  Those below increase their stride and soon the southern mountains come into view.

Four of the elder dragons sit in a small circle outside the Gonhirrim cave entrance.  Twelve more circle above.  A small humanoid figure sits on the largest of the elders, a War Dragon of immense size.

{On the ground:

1 War
1 Storm
1 Plague
1 Eldritch

In the air:

4 War
4 Storm
1 Plague
3 Eldritch}


The elder dragons see the younger approaching and wheel toward them, forming a line.  Those on the ground do not move.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1015 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 7 Mar 2018
at 21:14
  • msg #265

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale dons the gauntlets with thanks. He gathers up his courage and advances to face the dragon. When he is near enough to confront the war dragon (shield held, sword pointed down), he speaks conversationally. My apologies for my tardiness. I was getting dressed so I could greet you with due politeness. ... I must say, your efforts are impressive. Sharp claws and all at work. By the way, I thought I heard you calling upon rats to come within your reach, small meals for one so mighty. Anyway, here I am to greet you, though I lack a tail such as rats—and you— have. And I did hear something about about fighting. Dangerous, that. Personally, I prefer getting along so I can do my work. I'm a blacksmith by trade. You, you could earn an excellent living as a quarry operator, a logger, or a constable, and so on.
War Dragon
Thu 8 Mar 2018
at 00:19
  • msg #266

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Insolent fool.  I will destroy you!"  The dragon thrusts its head forward and a great gout of flame erupts from its mouth, engulfing Klale.  The torrent of flame immolates the area around the blacksmith catching the ground and various bushes and small trees in on fire to be consumed in seconds.

The dragon turns away chortling, not even bothering to see what remains of the impudent little Man that had dared address it.
Ano
player, 687 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Thu 8 Mar 2018
at 02:18
  • msg #267

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano falls back so he can speak with Zephyrim for a moment "Looks like they see us, lets use our numbers to hit them as hard as we can.  Try to land attacks when the enemy is focused on others, and tell the crystal dragons to run interference on the eldritch dragons, im hoping their resistance to magic will be enough to turn the fight."  Ano surveys the battle field for a moment and looks concerned "We need to be careful, i only see sixteen elder dragons, there are some missing"
This message was last edited by the player at 02:30, Thu 08 Mar 2018.
Eru
GM, 878 posts
Thu 8 Mar 2018
at 02:44
  • msg #268

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As Klale is entombed in flame, the younger dragons make their attack.  The crystal dragons focus on the eldritch, and have signficant success.  Two of the elder dragons, an eldritch and a storm are torn from the sky with shredded wings.  The ground dragons pounce on them.

The sheer numbers work in favor of the younger dragons for the moment, but the two on the ground do not leave their position to aid the elders.
Ano
player, 688 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Thu 8 Mar 2018
at 16:55
  • msg #269

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Before Ano leaves Zephyrim's side he calls out to him. "Be careful out there.  I'm going to find the plague dragon and try and take him out. "    Ano takes off among the chaos to find the plague dragon.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1018 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 10 Mar 2018
at 00:15
  • msg #270

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As the dragon starts to blow fire, Klale holds his shield before his face, stops breathing, and closes his eyes. As he feels the effects begin to wane, he hurries to attack the dragon at the base of its tail, aiming for soft parts. (he's sardonically amused but also warned by this example of the dangers of overconfidence.)

As he rushes forward under the dragon's head, the dragon's eyes grow wide in surprise that Klale is not only still alive, but clearly unaffected by the dragon fire.  Its right foreclaw streaks forward to grab Klale.  The blacksmith bats the claw aside with his shield and uses that momentum to strike at the dragon's bracing left foreclaw.  The strength of the attack is more than anticipated as the blade slices clean through causing the dragon to forward.  Its face plows a deep furrow into the ground.

Twice more he combines a thrust and a slice when each thrust is successful. When he's done, he moves by the back leg opposite of the way it turns.

By then, the dragon is either paralyzed by the power of the sword, shocked by the loss of limb and blood, or dead.  It does not move.

Using lightning for the +1
. 6 saves at DC 17 or be stilled for 5-15 rounds.
 To Hits are 37 and 5 31s.
(4+1+2)*2 for 14. 5+6+2 for 13. 4+2+2 for 8.
3+1+2 for 7. 1+2+2 for 5. 2+1+2 for 5.

16:01, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 27 using 1d20+17 with rolls of 10.  Confirm Critical.

16:00, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 32 using 12d6 with rolls of 4,1,5,6,4,2,3,1,1,2, 2,1.  Possible Damages.

This message was last edited by the GM at 03:16, Sun 11 Mar 2018.
Eru
GM, 879 posts
Sun 11 Mar 2018
at 03:25
  • msg #271

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale's devastating attack spurs the younger dragons into a frenzy of activity.  As the blacksmith stands there with gauntlets gleaming the color of dark honey, they put his maneuvers into action.  Larger dragons are led on merry chases only to be ambushed from the side multiple times by their younger adversaries.  Two more elder dragons fall to the ground, too injured to fly.

The eldritch dragon takes a deep breath and exhales, catching Klale in the blast with its anti-magic effect.  But when the gauntlets continue to gleam and Klale turns toward it rather than trying to flee, the dragon scrambles like a cat that didn't land on its feet to get away from the human juggernaut.  With almost amusing clumsiness it stumbles into the air trying to take off.

{Eldritch dragon uses breath weapon as its attack and flees as its move provoking an AoO from Klale.}

Meanwhile, in the air, Ano spots the plague dragon from before.  It does not see Ano as it is busy tormenting a young water dragon.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1020 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 11 Mar 2018
at 05:33
  • msg #272

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As the dragon shifts to take to the air, Klale is able to use his sword to some effect, even if dragonhide is tough. He scores twice  at the base of the tail, perhaps even slicing a v-shaped chunk into it...which may lead to continuous bleeding.

That done, he backs off and crouches low, expecting a possible kick or tail swipe.

5 saves vs. DC 17 or be held.
(3+2)*2 = 10  12  = 22

21:23, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 28 using 10d6 with rolls of 1,2,6,4,2,1,3,1,4,4.  Damages.

21:22, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 26 using 1d20+17.  Confirm critical.

This message was last edited by the player at 22:09, Sun 11 Mar 2018.
Ano
player, 689 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Sun 11 Mar 2018
at 23:11
  • msg #273

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano streaks towards the plague dragon aiming for a spot on his back near one of its wings.  He lands hard on its back as he focuses his energy into his hands.  He makes two slashing motions using the sharp backs of his gauntlets to try and make a deep gash.

Ano takes 15 on 2 attacks.
So 25 and 20 to hit.
19:11, Today: Ano rolled 17 using 2d10+8


Eru
GM, 880 posts
Mon 12 Mar 2018
at 04:03
  • msg #274

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The eldritch dragon, shedding blood like rain, makes it into the sky as it shrugs off the effects of Klale's sword.  It does not attempt to join the battle.  Instead, it flees due west, flying low and fast.

~~~~

Ano's attack is surprising to the plague dragon, but not sufficient to cause much damage.  The dragon looks back at the annoying gnat between its shoulders but doesn't even bother to swat it.  Whether it is confident in its natural defenses to make Ano sick and fall off, or just considers him too small to be a threat, it continues after the water dragon.

Purplish claws dig dip into the back of the smaller prey.  Where the claws touch, the skin immediately puckers with boils and shrivels with disease.  The wing's beat weaker and the struggles grow less as the plague dragon holds on.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1022 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 12 Mar 2018
at 04:22
  • msg #275

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale looks at the tow remaining dragons on the ground. He also looks to see if any unaligned ground dragons are coming. And the dwarves are....
Eru
GM, 882 posts
Tue 13 Mar 2018
at 00:57
  • msg #276

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dwarves remain in their caves, though there is some heavy clanking and grinding sounds coming from inside.  The two dragons on the ground fight viciously against their land-bound foes and at the moment, they are holding their own.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1023 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 13 Mar 2018
at 02:25
  • msg #277

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

[Hope I have4 this right]

Klale, finding it easy to run, sprints toward the nearest enemy dragon. He slams into a front leg at its knee, hoping to break it. Whether or not, he transfers his attention to the neck. He stabs and slices straight...so strong he feels that he tries to avoid any twisting of his blade.


Choosing fire for the burn effect.
19:11, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 38 using 12d6 ((2,2,5,4,2,1,3,5,1,5, 5,3)).
Adding 2+15 to 2-6 blow. save 5 times at DC 17 or be held.

(2+2+15)*2 = 38  5+4+2+15 = 26  2+1+2+15 = 20   3+5+2+15 = 22
1+5+2+15 = 23   5+3+2+15 = 22   Total damage if I did it correctly: 151

Ano
player, 690 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 14 Mar 2018
at 01:13
  • msg #278

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano pulls a metal rod from his belt and jams it as far as he is able into the wound he made in the dragons shoulder, trying to bury it fully.  He takes a couple of steps towards the head of the vile plague dragon "This is for Molfistarion" Ano prepares to take to the air again as he shouts "JAKARTIS"
Eru
GM, 883 posts
Thu 15 Mar 2018
at 02:02
  • msg #279

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The fallen elder dragon waging war on the ground so confidently is suddenly collapsed to the ground as its leg gives way.  A moment later a deep gash appears in its neck.  It isn't fatal, but the dragon freezes, a look of shock on its face.  The younger dragons waste no time and tear into it, slaying it in seconds.

~~~~

In the air, the plague dragon wrenches around as if caught on something at the wing.  The wing itself tears from the dragon's shoulder and flutters away.  With only one remaining appendage, the dragon can no longer fly.  Instead, it chooses to tuck the remaining wing and plummet to the ground in the midst of battle against the remaining elder dragon.  It lands in a cratered heap of three younger dragons.  Two lie dead with broken necks.  The third struggles weakly, but its body is covered with sores and boils and it soon ceases its struggle.

With the other elder dragons gone, the last elder dragon sits back on its haunches and lowers its head in surrender.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1024 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 15 Mar 2018
at 02:56
  • msg #280

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale strides forward until the dragon can get a good look at him. While doing so, he tries to figure out what kind of dragon it is.
Eru
GM, 885 posts
Fri 16 Mar 2018
at 02:50
  • msg #281

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

It is the other Plague dragon.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1025 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 16 Mar 2018
at 04:07
  • msg #282

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale says loudly and distinctly What will you vow, and by what or whom, that will save your life?
Ano
player, 691 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Fri 16 Mar 2018
at 04:59
  • msg #283

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano takes of into the sky looking for any dragons who are having trouble in the fight
Plague Dragon
Fri 16 Mar 2018
at 17:21
  • msg #284

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The rest of the elder dragons have decided to beat a hasty retreat.  Their wings are powerful and soon they outstrip the smaller, more agile dragons.

On the ground, the plague dragon dips her head toward Klale.  Her voice is cloying in its attempt to be submissive.  It fails to keep the condescension completely out of its tone.  "I bow myssself to your merssssy and beg you for my life.  In exssschange, I will tell you whatever you wissssh to know."  Her voice is almost bifurcated into a sibilant whisper and a deep, resonant bass.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:44, Mon 19 Mar 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1026 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 16 Mar 2018
at 23:07
  • msg #285

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale beckons to the allied dragons to gather nearby. Mercy is not mine to give, and I note that you made an offer, not a vow. I also have a feeling that you realize you're a being of power. I don't mind, because that is true.

When other dragons gather and surround the plague dragon, Klale says Now, if you care to, repeat your offer so those whose space you invaded can hear. They are your judges...and remember, we shall consider what you do here and now, and what you probably will do in the future...assuming you live.

[If dwarves are present, they also have a say.]
Eru
GM, 887 posts
Mon 19 Mar 2018
at 12:44
  • msg #286

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Several of the dwarves come out of the cave to see what is transpiring.  The Plague Dragon narrows her eyes and looks around.  "I have said my peace.  Take my offer or slay me.  Do not presume to torture me with your incessant talking."  Even as far as they are, the lesser dragons look a bit peaked near the elder dragon.  One of the dwarves cough, but no one else speaks.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1027 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 19 Mar 2018
at 23:06
  • msg #287

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale nods—and strikes! He hews at the neck just behind the head (and holds his shield at guard).

Using fire Save 6 times at DC 17 or be held.

(5+1+2+15)*2 = 46   6+6+2+15 = 29   4+4+2+15 = 25   6+5+2+15 = 28
5+1+2+15 = 23   3+6+2+15 = 26  177 Damage

15:56, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 4 using 1d20 with rolls of 4.  Confirm Critica.

15:55, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 52 using 12d6 with rolls of 5,1,6,6,4,4,6,5,5,1, 3,6.  Damages.

Eru
GM, 888 posts
Tue 20 Mar 2018
at 13:27
  • msg #288

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Taking their cue from Klale, the younger dragons attack as well, largely with breath weapons and a few with spells, spines, or boulders.  Only a couple attack with claw or bite, and immediately regret doing so as several fall back ill.  One even begins to vomit uncontrollably, scorching the ground with fire and acid wherever the rain of excrement falls.

Moments later, the execution is done and the elder dragon lies in pieces, corrupting the ground with its blood.

For their part, the Gonhirrim stand well back near their cave and do not participate in the gruesome task.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1028 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 20 Mar 2018
at 21:39
  • msg #289

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale cleans his sword. He remarks "If this dragon had caused me to believe it would not do harm any more, and if it weren't a plague dragon; it might be alive. Thank you for helping execute it. There is more to do. The smith looks around. Remember, always, that this is you r land. It's up to you—dragons and Gonhirrim to keep it...and to be stewards of it. And remember also that others have other lands which should be theirs. ...as for this meat, it should be burned..and all had best keep upwind of its reek. As for me, this might you have seen probably is temporary.

"There is more to do; dragons that would do you harm remain. Some brave Gonhirrim have traveled to help dispose of them. I suggest we go to complete the task. It will be to the death though one can hope that one or more of them will repent their evil ways."
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 28 posts
Dragon
Wed 21 Mar 2018
at 18:09
  • msg #290

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"What are you suggesting, Klale Tsolo?  That we attack now?  We have lost thirty four dragons of our own, either in death or to injury or illness.  The odds have evened more in their favor and we did not have to deal with a Death Dragon today.  Are you certain this is the right move?"
Ano
player, 692 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Wed 21 Mar 2018
at 18:11
  • msg #291

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano flies down to land beside Klale "Well done,  you really turned the tide down here.  We must be careful going forward.  there was no sign of the death dragons or the dragon master."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1029 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 21 Mar 2018
at 18:47
  • msg #292

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Thank you. What information have you to relate?

"There is no certainty in war. If not now, when? Remember that some Gonhirrim are trapping the foes' lairs. We need to give them time. But maybe we can demonstrate...give them reason to think we're attacking but in actuality ready to defense. Even if they're wary, their attention will be drawn. By the way, tell me of the death dragon."
Eru
GM, 889 posts
Fri 23 Mar 2018
at 12:10
  • msg #293

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As the dragons regroup, many are bringing the injured and sick to the Gonhirrim caves in hopes that someone can do something for them.  Dragons tend to return to their lairs and sleep until their natural healing deals with whatever ails them, but that requires decades of time, if healing indeed happens.

Thankfully, Saris Morian is there with the power of Nestael.  She sets up a kind of triage for the dragons to determine who is the worst in order to treat them first.  While she and the Gonhirrim work, the dragon leadership gathers around Klale and Ano to continue the planning.

With Molfistarion gone, leadership falls to a light dragon.  He is small, fast, and covered in white scales that reflect a subtle rainbow of colors as he moves.

"My name is Lucifariel.  Death dragons are the most subtle and vicious of all the elder dragons.  They typically keep to themselves and hunt alone.  Yet when they have joined the elder dragons, those are the times we have lost territory.  Together against the others, we are strong and can win as you saw.  If the death dragons join the other elder dragons, we cannot."

"A death dragon breaths an invisible cloud of energy.  It drains the life out of any caught within causing them to wither in body and mind.  In many ways, it is like forgetting who you have become, a form of amnesia that works in reverse.  You remember the earliest, easiest things, but forget the most recent, all that you have learned in the past few days, weeks, months, and years.  Their claws and teeth are poison, infecting us with darkness that is impossible to cure save for sunlight at noon or the light from our own breath.  To touch them is to fall weak as if caught in an enfeeblement or exhaustion spell.  Only hours in sunlight can restore the person."

"Death dragons only come out at night.  They are as hard to see as smoke or night dragons, though they are the largest of all the elder dragons.  Vathwrack the Eater of Worlds is the largest, deadliest, and the leader.  He has learned how to become invisible until the moment he attacks."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1030 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 23 Mar 2018
at 21:24
  • msg #294

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klake nods. Then, for a start, we attack in a morning. Now, what happens to them if their breath is blown back onto them?
Lucifariel
Fri 23 Mar 2018
at 23:19
  • msg #295

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragon ponders for a moment.  "Dragons are typically immune to their own breath except fire.  Only fire dragons are immune to that.  They would be immune. "
Klale Tsolo
player, 1031 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 23 Mar 2018
at 23:59
  • msg #296

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Sounds reasonable, but I was hoping. Still, I have an idea.... [Klale asks for a ride to where the maiar of Wind [forgot name] is. Could he create enough wind to blow back a death dragon's breath?
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 31 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Sun 25 Mar 2018
at 20:30
  • msg #297

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Gwaelind is back in Shock's cave.  It will take about half an hour round trip if on a dragon.  Shock offers to go, because she wants to check some things in her cave.  Once there, she disappears while Klale speaks to Gwaelind.

He finds Gwaelind in the same place he always is, at Delunaur's feet, singing softly to her as she sits silently in her chains.

"I can create a few crystals for you that would have that effect.  All you need do is crush them and speak the words 'anwar alagos' and they will create a momentary mighty wind.  It will take me fifteen minutes to imbue a crystal.  How many do you need?"
Klale Tsolo
player, 1034 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 26 Mar 2018
at 00:22
  • msg #298

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons


"As many as possible, or as your patience allows. With Your permission, the dragons can have at least one; it will give them courage. They certainly shoudl help with the death dragons."

---

Klale goes back to plan what to do and to relay the good news [I hope]. The ground-based dragons should start out during the day, going as far as they dare and hide to rest. Their mission will be to mob any grounded enemy dragon. Some dragons, the fastest flyers will be sent out as scouts. Then the rest will rest and fly so as to arrive when the sun is one length above the horizon. "Can any of you carry me? Or maybe two, taking turns?"

The group discusses plans to arrive where the death dragons might be when the sun is up. A question: Will the enemy dragons attack at night, particularly the deth dragons?
Eru
GM, 893 posts
Mon 26 Mar 2018
at 01:44
  • msg #299

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Gwaelind produces five yellow tourmaline gems the size of the end of Klale's thumb.  Shock brings Klale back and sends another dragon to retrieve the gems an hour later.

The land-based dragons leave, heading for places at the edge of the Wither.  Shock agrees to carry Klale in the morning.

Scouts return with report of one lone elder dragon seen high in the sky and well back over the Wither.  There are no other signs of the elder dragons, especially the death dragons, at this point.

"The death dragons may attack at night," Lucifariel says.  "But as long as we stay hidden, they may not have anything to attack.  Klale, this is all new to us.  Before this, we were at an equilibrium with the elder dragons.  What they might do now is not known to us."

"If only Anannaur'el were here.  The Death fear him."  The new speaker is a young ice dragon.

"Anannaur'el is ever his own master.  He has not been seen for weeks."  Lucifariel's tone is soft with only a hint of chiding in it.  The young ice bows its head and relents.  Lucifariel turns back to Klale.  "Anannaur'el is the only elder dragon in power who aids us.  He is not one of us, the un-aligned, but he is also not one of the elder dragons either, though he certainly has their size and strength.  He runs with us from time to time, though, on our hunts south and west or our explorations in the frozen north.  He is not one we could rely on to fight with us.  Like the flickering flame, he is whimsical as he is fierce in battle."
This message was last edited by the GM at 05:11, Tue 17 July 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1035 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 26 Mar 2018
at 03:21
  • msg #300

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

[out of time; forgot]
Klale goes to one knee before Delunaur. Lady, I hope for Your happiness. We care about you...and please remember: Whatever tries to influence You, You have the power of choice. It may be like a flower in bud. It will grow if you water it with Your will.

Then we will hope, but not rely.

Klale thanks Gwaelind, perhaps by proxy. He discusses who should have the gems [5 is the total?]
This message was last edited by the player at 21:19, Wed 28 Mar 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1037 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 28 Mar 2018
at 21:23
  • msg #301

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale gives one crystal to Ano, keeps one, and gives three for the dragons to work with.

I suggest we leave, when the lady Saris has done what she can, so as to get there a little after sunrise but stop for rest and sleep sometime along the way.
Ano
player, 694 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Fri 30 Mar 2018
at 01:31
  • msg #302

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"What is our plan.  We can attack but we are left with many unknowns.  We have not seen the death dragons or the one they call the dragon master.  I don't think he is one who will be defeated easily."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1038 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 30 Mar 2018
at 01:44
  • msg #303

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale pauses. I feel we don't know enough to make a detailed plan. I'd say feint an attack ,feint panic, then attack to the death. But that may be what they're prepared for. So...assess as best we can and go all-out. and, for their part, we should consider places where they could ambush, maybe with a death dragon or two coming around our rear. ... On thing...I'm a person with feet on the ground, but the battle will be in the air also.
Saris Morian
NPC, 191 posts
Gonnhirrim
Cleric
Sat 31 Mar 2018
at 03:00
  • msg #304

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons agree to meet back at the Gonhirrim settlement just before dusk.  There is talk that the elder dragons might come back and attack then, and they are ready now to make their stand if they must.

Saris comes over, having treated the dragons that still live to the best of her abilities.  "Nestael is wi' me, lad.  I was able t' heal most o' them t' th' point where they will survive their wounds or their disease."  She frowns.  "Klale, only three that I treated are worthy o' fightin'.  The rest need natural healing in their lairs.  I cannae in good conscience le' them go wi' ye.  I hope ya understand."

Then she lowers her eyes to the ground.  "Four o' them I couldn't reach in time.  They're gone.  I'm sorry about tha' in a way I dinnae think I could be for strangers, but dragons...these are noble creatures, an' tha's comin' from a...a dwarf, one o' my kind what faced Smaug over a thousand years past.  I hope ye win 'ere, not just for th' sake o' what we're doin', but for th' majesty o' these creatures, too."

If her counts are true, there are only about 80 dragons fight worthy tomorrow against the remaining elder dragons.  It is not so much their numbers (there are only 12 left of the 20), but the fact that the death dragons are unaccounted for, and the Dragon Master is an unknown.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1039 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 31 Mar 2018
at 03:34
  • msg #305

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Thank you, Saris...and please remember to convey my gratitude and fondness to Ceven and and Nessy for the gauntlets...in case...well, we may not meet again. And you, please, stay alive.

It's a somber group that gathers to take what may be their last journey. Perhaps proposes Klale we should travel in four columns, separated so that nothing can get many of us at a time and close enough that three columns can come to the aid of one. We can hope that the dwarves have done some good work or at least are ready to join in.

He pauses When I was a child, I heard tales of great battles and deeds driven  by necessity. What you shall do will have a bold place among them. Let us start...and overcome.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1040 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 31 Mar 2018
at 19:57
  • msg #306

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale talks with Ano. I'm apt to be busy with dragon-fighting. The Dragon Mastger, whatever it is, can it be some you particularly look for?
Ano
player, 695 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Sat 31 Mar 2018
at 23:27
  • msg #307

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I'll keep an eye out for him.  My best guess is that he will be with the death dragons.  perhaps I can lead him to you so we  an take him together."

Ano bows to Saris "It was good to see you again "
Saris Morian
NPC, 192 posts
Gonnhirrim
Cleric
Tue 3 Apr 2018
at 02:20
  • msg #308

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"And you, lads.  Take care ou' there."
This message was last edited by the player at 02:20, Tue 03 Apr 2018.
Eru
GM, 897 posts
Tue 3 Apr 2018
at 02:33
  • msg #309

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Dawn approaches and sixty dragons take to the sky, dividing into four columns as Klale outlined.  The far southern column is led by Lucifariel.  North of him, the column is led by Shock who carries Ano.  The last two are headed by Zephyrim, the Wind Dragon, and Kairo'uonar.  Each lead dragon has a windstone from Gwaelind except for Shock.

A silver dragon drops Klale with the Earth and other ground-based dragons before rejoining Lucifariel's column.  There is no sign of the elder dragons, but a representative of the Gonhirrim sappers is there with Georrasque, who now leads the Earth dragons, and by default, all the ground dragons.

"We killed one o' their magic dragons two nights ago.  Took out most o' our forces in its death throes.  No sign o' the other elder dragons, though.  Have yet t' see one o' them death dragons."
Georrasque
Tue 3 Apr 2018
at 02:35
  • msg #310

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The young Earth dragon becomes animated with excitement. "That's great news.  I mean, not about the deaths, for which I am deeply sorry, but that brings them near to half their number we have slain.  If the count is correct, there are only eleven of them left!"
Klale Tsolo
player, 1041 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 3 Apr 2018
at 02:42
  • msg #311

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klalr trembles but does not not weep. It helps, but the cost was great. May all know and praise the courage and steadfastness of the Gonhirrim. now and forever.

Then they are elsewhere. Any guess as to where?

And what of trapping the dragon lairs?

Gonhirrim Sapper
Tue 3 Apr 2018
at 02:49
  • msg #312

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The sapper grimaces.  "It took us a while t' find an' then set up th' one dragon cave.  There were complications tha' slowed us down.  We were only able t' set th' one.  I'm sorry."  He looks down, defeated.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1042 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 3 Apr 2018
at 03:46
  • msg #313

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

KJlale goes to one knee a cups the sapper's bearded chin, lifting his head. You did all you could. Fie on those who who are less than grateful! One elder dragon the less and one lair trapped is a gain. Now we plan what next to do. What was the area like?

He turns to Georrasque (later). Forgive any ignorance. Folklore I've heard tell that dragons lay eggs. Are there places with such eggs in your area?
Gonhirrim Sapper
Wed 4 Apr 2018
at 03:11
  • msg #314

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"The place was dark, empty except for a few trinkets here and there.  It seemed like the dragon was unlike so many of its kin.  For whatever reason, there was little to almost no treasure.  Just strange markings, almost like a language of some kind clawed onto the walls everywhere."
Georrasque
Wed 4 Apr 2018
at 03:13
  • msg #315

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Dragons do lay eggs.  The non-aligned were the last of those.  We are not old enough to mate and produce offspring from the mating.  The elder dragons might have some, but we are not privy to such things."  The earth dragon shrugs.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1043 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 4 Apr 2018
at 04:34
  • msg #316

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Then there is another frightening possibility: the two Maiar. If we have no better plan, I suggest we hasten to where they are.
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 29 posts
Dragon
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 11:23
  • msg #317

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As Shock circles the area looking for signs of the elder dragons, she watches Klale converse with the Gonhirrim messenger.  "What do you think they speak of?  Where are the elder dragons, Ano?"
Georrasque
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 11:28
  • msg #318

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Sir Klale, we run hither and yon to chase down these elder dragons.  If we return to Shock's lair and the elder dragons are not there, then we will have to return here again.  While powerful, our energy is not limitless.  Such a back and forth will begin to tire us and we will be even more weakened against a superior foe.  Even so, how could the elder dragons have planned this assault and slipped around our advance in a single night?  Why would they target the Maiar?"
Ano
player, 696 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 12:36
  • msg #319

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano looks down on the scene "I don't know but I  am getting a bad feeling.  I'm going to speak with Klale, keep the others on a vigilant look out for any trouble" Ano takes off and flies down towards Klale and the Gonhirrim "What is happening?"
Klale Tsolo
player, 1044 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 22:26
  • msg #320

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

To gain the Dishcord of Fire. You're right about going hither and yon. Anyh ideas how the foe can be found?
Zephyrim
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 02:23
  • msg #321

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The leader of the wind dragons lands along with Shock, who most seem to look to despite her relative youth.  Once the two aerial dragons are caught up on the conundrum, Zephyrim looks toward the Withered Heath.  "Attack a lair.  If there is one thing about dragons that is constant, it's our desire for treasure.  If we began attacking one of their caves, they would know and come running.  Then, our forces could be ready to ambush them."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1045 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 15:26
  • msg #322

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale looks around. I'm agreeable but you dragons are the ones to decide. I'd worry about treasure lust, dead weight until all foes are taken care of. He asks the dwarf Do you know enough about the area to suggest a lair?
Gonhirrim Scout
Tue 10 Apr 2018
at 11:46
  • msg #323

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I cannae say for sure abou' wha' we should do, bu' if I had mah way, we'd no' attack th' Eldritch lair.  Th' magic there is downrigh' terrifyin'.  We donnae know where th' lairs o' death be, an' I doubt we'd wanna take them on either.  Tha' leaves storm or war dragons.  There is a war lair no' too far from 'ere."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1046 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 10 Apr 2018
at 20:44
  • msg #324

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale looks around. Agreeable? And I suggest we have scouts out to avoid surprises as much as possible.
Eru
GM, 900 posts
Thu 12 Apr 2018
at 11:35
  • msg #325

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The younger dragons disperse, finding perches to hide up in the mountains surrounding the lair.  There are none of the other dragons about, but Georrasque remains cautious.  He approaches the cavern entrance with as much stealth as he can muster, his steps graceful and silent on the rocks which his hide mimics in color and texture.  Moments later, he disappears into the cave entrance.

About ten minutes pass before he returns to report.  "I was not able to go to far in before encountering sentries.  The war dragon's home is filled with all manner of traps meant to kill an encroaching dragon.  I could sense the metal of a giant axe secreted in the wall to my left not sixty feet within the entrance.  There is metal everywhere and pressure plates are no doubt hidden along the floor.  Beyond that, there are heavily armored trolls and some kind of metal armor that I don't think is alive marching about inside like a patrol."
Ano
player, 697 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Thu 12 Apr 2018
at 19:56
  • msg #326

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Perhaps if we carefully set if some of these traps the dragon will come out of hiding." Ano looks at the cave thoughtfully.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1049 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 13 Apr 2018
at 05:03
  • msg #327

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale relays what he remembers about trolls. He adds Perhaps we can bypass or harmlessly set off traps and dispatch the trolls. As for the metal whatever, quite probbly it is restricted to an area. Metal all around though....
Georrasque
Sun 15 Apr 2018
at 21:15
  • msg #328

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"What do you propose, Klale?  Should a dragon go in with you?  I could go.  I can detect metal, it's shape and location.  As long as they are not hidden by magic specifically from my particular senses, I can tell you where the traps are.  Plus, trolls are no match for me."  He smiles a toothy grin full of a surprising amount of molar-like teeth for a dragon.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1050 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 15 Apr 2018
at 22:29
  • msg #329

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

I'm still uneasy about the Maia, but I don't know what else to do. The aim is to draw at least one dragon here. I don't know.... Part of me wishes I'd accepted teh dragon's offer, but it couldn't be trusted. And many dwarves are dead.
Ano
player, 699 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Fri 20 Apr 2018
at 15:08
  • msg #330

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

I have a feeling that if there is trouble the Maia can escape.  If we can draw one of the dragons to us maybe we can get some In for.ation
Eru
GM, 906 posts
Sat 21 Apr 2018
at 03:44
  • msg #331

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Decisions made, Klale, Ano, and Georrasque head for the cave led by the dwarf.  Once there, the dwarf refuses to go in.  "I am no' a figh'er.  Just a craftsman.  Wha's in there would ha' me dead in seconds."

The entrance opens to the west toward the Withered Heath.  Looking inside to the east from a hidden position motion catches the eyes of the invaders.  Three large forms, likely trolls, stride past the entrance and are gone.  The entrance to the cave is in some large rounded hill.  Nothing grows on it and the black rock is unlike the more natural rock and dirt around it.  It seems almost metallic, like the War Dragon's hide.

With the dwarf's warning, it is easy to see the hidden axe trap in the north wall.  It is big enough to take out a dragon and would pulverize a smaller victim, if such a small mass could even set it off.

Two minutes later, the three large forms walk past to the north again and are gone.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1052 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 21 Apr 2018
at 04:31
  • msg #332

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Go after the trolls and kill them? asks Klale.
Georrasque
Sat 21 Apr 2018
at 14:29
  • msg #333

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I am wary of that axe trap, Klale.  But I follow your lead.  You have experience I don't."  The dragon crouches down like a cat ready to spring after a mouse.  His thick, leathery hide is almost like stone.  To see him move that way is truly a wonder.
Ano
player, 700 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Sat 21 Apr 2018
at 15:56
  • msg #334

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"let's get past the trap first and then when the trolls come back around we can surprise them."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1053 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 21 Apr 2018
at 18:23
  • msg #335

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale laughs. Maybe I know a little about mechanisms. Anyway, when a trap is obvious, looks for another. Suiting actions to words. The blacksmith nears the trap and examines his surroundings.
Eru
GM, 907 posts
Sun 22 Apr 2018
at 01:55
  • msg #336

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Arriving at the cave, it is evident that the trap is not as obvious to anyone who doesn't know it's there.  The look of the trap seems like a natural seem in the large black rock.  However, with the pattern etched on the floor - some kind of horned emblem or seal - being right in line with it, it is most likely a pressure plate.  A big one.

[Perception DC 18 to confirm.  Perception rolls to determine if other traps are there, though without a rogue, DC is pretty high.]

The tunnel open up into a very large cavern to the right (South), but a long tunnel to the left (North).  No sign of the trolls.  You aren't technically inside the cave yet.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1054 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 22 Apr 2018
at 02:40
  • msg #337

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale purses his lips, nods, and beckons to Ano and Georrasque. It's safe to come up to where I am. I've looked around, and....

19:31, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 21 using 1d20+4.  Search for Traps. Doubtless, this foll holds for all subsequent searches.
Ano
player, 702 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Sun 22 Apr 2018
at 14:45
  • msg #338

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano moves up to where Klale is standing and takes a look at the area for the trap.

10:43, Today: Ano rolled 25 using 1d20+10.  Spot check.
Eru
GM, 910 posts
Sun 22 Apr 2018
at 19:21
  • msg #339

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

There are no other traps here that can be seen.  Sunlight wanes rapidly in the immense cave.  There is no sign of the troll patrol.
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:22, Sun 22 Apr 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1057 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 23 Apr 2018
at 05:21
  • msg #340

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale backs out and tries to arrange for light sources, torches perhaps....but who shall carry them?
Ano
player, 703 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Mon 23 Apr 2018
at 06:58
  • msg #341

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano tells Klale to wait a moment and pulls a sun rod from his pack. "let's not make us easy to spot quite yet.  I'll light this as soon as the fight starts so we can surprise the trolls "
Klale Tsolo
player, 1058 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 23 Apr 2018
at 21:00
  • msg #342

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Until then, feel our way in the dark?  Georrasque, can you see in what is to me no available light?
Georrasque
NPC, 1 post
Dragon
Geomancer
Tue 24 Apr 2018
at 02:31
  • msg #343

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I can see in complete darkness, but not very far.  Enough to give you warning about the trolls should they return.  I warn you, though, they can see us as well in the dark.  They do not need the light."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1059 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 24 Apr 2018
at 03:10
  • msg #344

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Good enough, and thank you. The light may dazzle. Ano, I think you should lead since you can use a hand to contact a wall. I'll follow checking the wall often with an elbow. Georrasque, if it please you, give notice if you see anything out of the ordinary. We can try to check it out...we're in nor hurry.
Ano
player, 704 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Tue 24 Apr 2018
at 05:59
  • msg #345

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano nods and takes the lead and sticks close to the wall as they move into the shadows.
Georrasque
NPC, 2 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Wed 25 Apr 2018
at 03:16
  • msg #346

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Gerroasque leads the two humans deeper into the cave to the left.  Ano's hand follows the left hand wall.  After a good 60 yards, Georrasque whispers in a rumbly, too loud voice.  "To your left, the wall curves away a bit, but comes back.  There is nothing in the alcove.  Across from the alcove the tunnel opens up into another room.  Looks to be about 400 feet west and 350 feet north.  I don't see anything moving about in there.  Two tunnels exit, one north and one west."

His soft thuds come to a stop.  "What are we doing here again?  How far are we going in?"
Klale Tsolo
player, 1061 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 26 Apr 2018
at 09:40
  • msg #347

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The idea is to draw a dragon here. This seems not to be happening. The only alternative I can think of is to return to home base as it were and await reports of scouts. But I feel great regret for the dwarven dead.
Ano
player, 705 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Thu 26 Apr 2018
at 21:50
  • msg #348

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"We have not given the dragon any reason to know we have been here.  I say we wait until the trolls come back around and attack them.  after they are gone we take treasure if we can.  that will be the quickest way to get the dragons attention"
Georrasque
NPC, 3 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Fri 27 Apr 2018
at 00:41
  • msg #349

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I concur with Ano. "
Klale Tsolo
player, 1062 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 27 Apr 2018
at 03:27
  • msg #350

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Lead on, then.
Georrasque
NPC, 4 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Tue 1 May 2018
at 16:29
  • msg #351

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Georrasque sniffs the air and gives a curious 'harum?'.  He continues on through the cavern taking the west passage.

[Roll spot at a -4.]
Ano
player, 707 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Tue 1 May 2018
at 17:15
  • msg #352

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

13:14, Today: Ano rolled 22 using 1d20+6.  Spot check

"I feel we are not alone. Be ready"Ano stokes the sun rod on the cave wall to activate it and holds it high
This message was last edited by the player at 17:28, Tue 01 May 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1063 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 1 May 2018
at 17:54
  • msg #353

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale avers his eyes to avoid looking directly at the sunrod.

10:53, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 5 using 1d20-1.  Spot.
Eru
GM, 916 posts
Wed 2 May 2018
at 11:38
  • msg #354

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As the sunrod lights up, Ano and Klale see three dark, leathery shapes falling silently from the ceiling above.  Ano sees them first and is able to dance out of the way, but Klale is too slow.  One of the creatures slams into him from above and attempts to wrap itself around the big warrior [Grapple Check 16].

The third creature is able to land on Georrasque's head and wrap around it.

[Klale, roll Grapple Opposed Check.
Greater Darkmantle has Improved Grab which provokes no attack of opportunity when initiating a grapple.


Initiative
Ano                   -
Klale                 -  Grappling with GD2
Greater Darkmantle 1  -
Greater Darkmantle 2  -  Attempting Grapple with Klale
Greater Darkmantle 3  -  Grappling Georrasque's head
Georrasque            -  Grappled
]
Klale Tsolo
player, 1064 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 2 May 2018
at 16:54
  • msg #355

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

[Klale has a +10 for BAB and +4 for Strength, but I'm guessing I can't take a 10 (or 15). 09:50, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 24 using 1d20+14.  Ungrappled? Klale may have, since he has tow attacks, the possibility of attacking. (He may have pointed his sword up as movement came down on him. Depending on the situation, KIlale might slam sideways into the wall, his plate mail will protect him and put the attacker between two hard surfaces.]
Klale Tsolo
player, 1065 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 2 May 2018
at 18:31
  • msg #356

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale, being a little stooped to avoid sudden light blinding him, feels the presence coming down on him. Fortunately, the attacker is unable to secure a grip on the wariior's head, and the big man shakes and spins, throwing off the attacker (at least partially). Instinctively, Klale swings his sword to slice into whatever it attacker is.

Taking 15 to attack +7, using the Strength +4 for damage.
11:29, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 5 using 2d6 with rolls of 1,4.  Damage.
+4 STR +1 Sword +1 fire = 11 Damage

Greater Darkmantles
Fri 4 May 2018
at 02:09
  • msg #357

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The first leathery creature near Ano does not like the light.  Instead of attacking, it moves off slowly toward a wall.  It's tentacles with wide flaps of skin in between almost to the end of the appendage create a strange, but slow gait, about a quarter that of the monk's own.

The second one realizes, probably only through instinct, that it's one chance to take out the big warrior is gone.  It too tries to slither away.  The wound Klale caused bleeds, but the color is difficult to discern in the light of the sun rod against the rock-colored skin.

The third seems to be having some success against the dragon.  Georrasque cannot get teeth on it and he hasn't quite thought to use his claws.  The earth dragon does not seem to be in any immediate danger and the scene is almost comical, like a dog that got something sticky on its head and it doesn't quite know how to get it off.
Georrasque
NPC, 5 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Fri 4 May 2018
at 02:11
  • msg #358

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Georrasque finally has enough and slams his head against a nearby wall.  The lack of a brittle endoskeleton protects the creature wrapped about his eyes somewhat, as it does not let go.  It is difficult to tell what damage it may have sustained, but it is certainly not dead at this point.

[Georrasque headbutts the wall.
Greater Darkmantle takes unknown damage.]

Ano
player, 712 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Fri 4 May 2018
at 14:43
  • msg #359

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As Ano dodges the creatures attack he spins and flows directly into the series of movements taught to him by Shock.  As he hits each move he speaks the syllables SHOCH! RA! OS! AL! TI! U! I!
A flash of lightning explodes from his hands.

10:40, Today: Ano rolled 12 using 1d20+4.
Damage if it hits:
10:42, Today: Ano rolled 19 using 2d12+3.

Klale Tsolo
player, 1066 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 4 May 2018
at 21:43
  • msg #360

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano's attack surprises Klale. Even so, he goes about his business: He smites the beast near him...twice if necessary. Otherwise, he slices to finish off the one Ano is dealing with.

21:24, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 25 using 1d20+10 with rolls of 15.  Confirm Critical.

21:23, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 15 using 4d6 with rolls of 4,5,2,4.  Damages.

9 + 2 (fire) + 6 (not used for Attack) * 2 34

6 + 2 (fire) + 6 (not used for Attack) 14

Save DC 17 or be paralyzed.

This message was last edited by the player at 04:31, Sat 05 May 2018.
Eru
GM, 924 posts
Mon 7 May 2018
at 11:47
  • msg #361

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano's target reels back from the shock, but continues to head for a wall.  Klale's is sliced to ribbons and falls to the ground in pieces, unmoving.

Georrasque finally bashes his into a wall and squashes it, but the impact also knocks the dragon senseless for a moment.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1067 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 8 May 2018
at 04:22
  • msg #362

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale runs over toward the crawly-away.
Georrasque
NPC, 6 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Thu 10 May 2018
at 01:39
  • msg #363

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

With Klale's help, the last of the darkmantles is slain and lies frozen on the floor.  Georrasque shakes of his daze and chuckles softly before leading the three of them on to the next cavern area.  With the sunrod to light their way now, there is less confusion and greater speed.

The tunnels are large enough for the dragon, but twist back and forth a couple of times before opening up into a much larger cavern.  In the center of the room is some kind of enormous device looking a lot like a giant's forge in several ways.  Heat pervades the room and six enormous trolls shuffle about carrying various pieces of metal they are working.

To the left of the huge forge is a dragon's body.  "Molfistarion!"  Georrasque thunders, drawing the attention of the troll smiths.  "What are you doing to his body?"  The dragon charges, enraged.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1068 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 10 May 2018
at 03:49
  • msg #364

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale is taken aback as one who had other plans; he recovers and runs after Georrasque.
Ano
player, 713 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Thu 10 May 2018
at 12:23
  • msg #365

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano's heart rises as he sees that the dragon is still alive, his guilt lifting slightly.  He charges forward picking  one troll and moving to attack.
Troll Forge Combat Rd1
Fri 11 May 2018
at 11:38
  • msg #366

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano approaches the closest troll [Troll 4] and engages.  Some of the other trolls, already wearing forge protection and wielding hammers and tongs, lumber into battle against the invaders.  One troll [Troll 2] heads for the backside of Molfistarion's body while another runs behind the forge.

Initiative:

Ano
Troll 1     Headed for Klale
Troll 2     Behind Molfistarion's body
Troll 3     Headed for Ano
Troll 4     Engaged with Ano
Klale
Troll 5     Headed for Klale
Troll 6     Headed for the back side of the forge.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1069 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 12 May 2018
at 01:58
  • msg #367

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale's weapon interacts with the troll...with irritating results.

18:55, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 7 using 4d6 with rolls of 1,2,1,3.  Damages.

3 + 6, 4 + 6 = 19 (28 if the hit is critical despite the 1.) Also, the troll feels fire.

18:54, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 17 using 1d20+16.  Confirm Critical.

Ano
player, 714 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 45/77
Mon 14 May 2018
at 11:53
  • msg #368

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano reaches the troll {T4} closest to him.  He feints with a punch to the groin, but drop spins on a knee to the troll's right and comes up with a kick to the side of the troll's leg at the knee.  The strike hits true, but the troll is so tough, the punch has no effect.

[Take 10 on Tumble = 20
Take 10 on Attack = 19-2 {Called Shot} = 17]
This message was last edited by the GM at 11:54, Mon 14 May 2018.
Trolls 1-6
Mon 14 May 2018
at 12:26
  • msg #369

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

{Troll 1}
The first troll to reach Klale swings its hammer and lands a solid blow on Klale's left thigh.  The powerful smith, enhanced with Nestael's strength, remains standing, but the blow stings.

[07:56, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 1, rolled 26 using 1d20+14.  Attack vs. Klale.
07:57, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 1, rolled 15 using 1d20.  Location.
07:58, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 1, rolled 7 using 1d12+6.  Damage vs Klale.]

{Troll 2}
Is not visible behind Molfistarion.

{Troll 3}
The third troll reaches Ano and swings with a mighty overhead swing.  He only catches Ano's hand, slamming it toward the ground.  Thankfully, Ano's quick reflexes pulled the hand out of the way before it got trapped between the hammer and the ground.  The hand is not broken, but it hurts...a lot.

[08:02, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 3, rolled 28 using 1d20+14.  Attack vs. Ano.
08:02, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 3, rolled 20 using 1d20.  Location vs Ano.
08:03, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 3, rolled 4 using 1d20.  Location ReRoll.
08:03, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 3, rolled 11 using 1d12+6.  Damage vs Ano.]

{Troll 4}
The troll that Ano had already attacked chuckles in a deep, rumbling voice.  He almost casually swats at Ano with a backhanded swing of his forge hammer.  Still on the ground with his legs spread, knees on the ground, Ano catches the hammer right in the middle.  Only a quick squeeze of his thighs prevents real contact with anything that would make him a eunuch.  Still, the swing is enough to send him flying through the air a few feet.  Ano is able to land on his feet, but he is definitely going to feel that in the morning.

[08:07, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 4, rolled 22 using 1d20+14.  Attack vs Ano.
08:07, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 4, rolled 13 using 1d20.  Location.
08:08, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 4, rolled 15 using 1d20+6.  Damage vs Ano.]

{Troll 5}
Klale's attack is not so much devastating to the troll as it is debilitating.  The troll comes to a stop and stands like a statue.

[08:11, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 5, rolled 9 using 1d20+5.  Save vs. Hard Time.]

{Troll 6}
Behind the forge, Troll 6 is clanging about doing something.

Initiative:
Ano         -26
Troll 1     -0     Engaged with Klale
Troll 2            Behind Molfistarion's body
Troll 3            Engaged with Ano
Troll 4            Engaged with Ano
Klale       -7
Troll 5     -38    Paralyzed
Troll 6            Back side of the forge.
Georrasque
NPC, 7 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Tue 15 May 2018
at 13:56
  • msg #370

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Over his initial torrent of emotions at the sight of Molfistarion's body, Georrasque joins the fray.  He chomps down on the troll that hit Ano near the jubblies with his hammer.  The troll's smirk of triumph is replaced for an instant by horror as he sees the teeth close around him, then he is being flung around inside the dragon's mouth like a chew toy.

[Georrasque bites troll 4.
Georrasque initiates grapple with troll 4.
Troll 4 fails opposed grapple check and is grappled.
Troll 4 takes damage from bite and will continue to take damage each round it stays grappled.]

Ano
player, 715 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 67/99
Wed 16 May 2018
at 00:58
  • msg #371

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Seeing one troll snatched up by the law of the dragon Ano turns and channels energy into his fist.  The power flows through his arm and explodes in shifting colors.  He aims a punch at the gut of the remaining troll and shouts Kornari


Ano uses Kornari punch
Taking a 15 on the attack for a 20 to hit.
20:57, Today: Ano rolled 25 using 3d10+12.  Kornari punch damage.
25 damage plus knock back

Trolls 1-4
Thu 17 May 2018
at 03:00
  • msg #372

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

{Troll 1}
The troll is not phased by the lack of success of itself or its friend.  It swings it's hammer again, this time with devastating effect.  The hammer connects with the blacksmith's stomach after an intense few seconds of feinting and sparring and sends Klale flying back, sprawling.

[22:42, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 1, rolled 34 using 1d20+14.  Attack vs Klale.
22:43, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 1, rolled 12 using 1d20.  Crit confirm.
22:44, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 1, rolled 19 (x2 = 38 DMG) using 1d20+6.  Damage vs Klale.
Crit effect is knockback 5' and prone.  No other issues.]


{Troll 2}
Not visible.  However, Molfistarion's body shudders as if alive and suffering from some intense pain.

{Troll 3}
This troll had been staggered back by Ano's punch more than 10' but his great size stabilized him.  He lumbers forward again with his hammer.  However, the attack must have done more than it appears as he only connects with a glancing blow.

[22:51, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 3, rolled 19 using 1d20+14.  Attack vs Ano.
22:51, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 3, rolled 11 using 1d20+6.  Damage vs Ano.]


{Troll 4}
Not giving up, the troll does something inside of Georrasque's jaw that causes the dragon to spit out the troll.  It lands on the ground, partly mangled, but not close to death.

[22:54, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 4, rolled 20 using 1d20+6.  Grapple Break vs Georrasque.
22:54, Today: Eru, on behalf of Georrasque, rolled 17 using 1d20+12.  Grapple vs Troll 4.]

Initiative:
Ano         -37
Troll 1     -19    Engaged with Klale; fire prevents regen
Troll 2            Behind Molfistarion's body
Troll 3     -25    Engaged with Ano
Troll 4     -24    Engaged with Georrasque
Klale       -45
Troll 5     -38    Paralyzed
Troll 6            Back side of the forge.

[Klale is up.]
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:37, Fri 18 May 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1072 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 17 May 2018
at 03:40
  • msg #373

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale's armor is unglyphed, but the big man is able to regain his feet and take advantage of the troll's satisfaction at smiting him.

20:32, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 16 using 4d6 with rolls of 4,3,4,5.  Damages.

(7 + 1 + 1 + 4) * 2 = 26   9+6 = 15    41 Damage   Save  DC 17 Fire effect.

26 damage if he's only aable to get one blow in.

20:31, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 17 using 1d20.  Confirm critical. +10 =27

Trolls 5-6
Thu 17 May 2018
at 11:49
  • msg #374

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The fifth troll remains paralyzed.  There is a loud gonging sound behind the forge that echoes loudly throughout the chamber and is not stopping.
This message was last edited by the GM at 11:54, Thu 17 May 2018.
Georrasque
NPC, 8 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Thu 17 May 2018
at 12:01
  • msg #375

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Gerrasque attempts to bite the troll again, but his care to avoid stepping on Klale and Ano causes him to miss.  His teeth snap shut on air.
Initiative:
Ano         -37
Troll 1     -47    Engaged with Klale; fire prevents regen
Troll 2     -0     Behind Molfistarion's body
Troll 3     -25    Engaged with Ano
Troll 4     -24    Engaged with Georrasque
Klale       -45
Troll 5     -38    Paralyzed
Troll 6     -0     Back side of the forge; ringing some kind of gong
Georrasque  -10

[Ano Up]
This message was last edited by the player at 17:37, Fri 18 May 2018.
Ano
player, 716 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 56/99
Fri 18 May 2018
at 00:59
  • msg #376

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano rallies from the blows knowing they need to be fast.  He delivers a punch to the stomach of the troll followed up by two quick kicks to the ribs.

Flurry of blows
Taking 15 on all attacks for 24, 24, 19 to hit troll 3
20:57, Today: Ano rolled 33 using 3d10+12.  Damage.
The first attack is a stunning strike DC 16

Eru
GM, 932 posts
Sat 19 May 2018
at 13:28
  • msg #377

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

{Troll 1}
Klale's opponent grows stiff as the effect of the blacksmith's sword takes effect.

{Troll 2}
Molfistarion's body continues to shudder and convulse.

{Troll 3}
Ano's first strike stuns the troll setting him up for the next two as well.  Each punch is precise, calculated, and effective.

{Troll 4}
With a mighty blow, the troll clocks Georrasque's head when the dragon comes near for another bite.  A tooth is knocked loose and goes flying across the cavern to stick in the wall.  {18 DMG}

Initiative:
Ano         -37
Troll 1     -47    Paralyzed; fire prevents regen
Troll 2     -0     Behind Molfistarion's body
Troll 3     -52    Engaged with Ano
Troll 4     -18    Engaged with Georrasque
Klale       -45
Troll 5     -38    Paralyzed; fire prevents regen
Troll 6     -0     Back side of the forge; ringing some kind of gong
Georrasque  -28    Engaged with Troll 4

[Klale up.]
Klale Tsolo
player, 1075 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 19 May 2018
at 17:30
  • msg #378

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale runs toward the troll ringing the gong. (In passing, he wonders at  Georrasque's ineffectiveness...no claws, no breath....)
Georrasque
NPC, 9 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Mon 21 May 2018
at 11:50
  • msg #379

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale vacates the larger area of combat to go behind the forge.  The troll he first engages remains unmoving as the one behind the forge continues to ring the gong.

Georrasque, now free to engage more fully, grabs the troll in front of him with both claws like a cat catching a mouse it has been playing with.  He bites down and tears the head away, leaving the troll's body to collapse.

Initiative:
Ano         -37
Troll 1     -47    Paralyzed; fire prevents regen
Troll 2     -0     Behind Molfistarion's body
Troll 3     -52    Engaged with Ano
Troll 4     --==DEAD==--
Klale       -45
Troll 5     -38    Paralyzed; fire prevents regen
Troll 6     -0     Back side of the forge; ringing some kind of gong
Georrasque  -28    Killed Troll 4

[Ano up.]
This message was last edited by the player at 01:23, Wed 23 May 2018.
Ano
player, 718 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 56/99
Tue 22 May 2018
at 21:41
  • msg #380

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano breaks away from his attacker leaving more room for the dragon to move around in.  Be runs towards the troll behind the unconscious dragon.  As he runs he focuses on his body for a moment.

Ano moves and uses his action to use wholeness of body to heal 18 hit points
Eru
GM, 936 posts
Wed 23 May 2018
at 01:32
  • msg #381

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

{Troll 1}
No one is paying attention to this troll and therefore do not see if there is any change.

{Troll 2}

{Troll 3}
As Ano disengages from combat, the troll takes a swipe at Ano, but the monk easily tumbles away with a forward roll and the troll catches air.

[GM takes 10 + 10 = 20 for Ano Tumble check to avoid AoO from Troll 3
21:28, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 3, rolled 18 using 1d20+14 ((4)).]

Initiative:
Ano         -19
Troll 1     -47    Paralyzed; fire prevents regen
Troll 2     -0     Behind Molfistarion's body
Troll 3     -52
Troll 4     --==DEAD==--
Klale       -45
Troll 5     -38    Paralyzed; fire prevents regen
Troll 6     -0     Back side of the forge; ringing some kind of gong
Georrasque  -28    Killed Troll 4

[Klale up.]
Klale Tsolo
player, 1076 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 23 May 2018
at 03:49
  • msg #382

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale gets to the gong-banging troll. His getting there prevented his swings from doing all the damage the warrior would like, but still....


20:45, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 13 using 4d6 with rolls of 3,2,4,4.  Damages.
(3+2+4+1+1)*2 = 22   4+4+4+1+1 = 14   36 Damage
20:44, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 25 using 1d20+16.  Confirm Critical.

Save twice DC 17 or be held.

Trolls 5-6
Wed 23 May 2018
at 15:02
  • msg #383

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

{Troll 5}
The first of the frozen trolls breaks out of the paralysis caused by Klale's sword and heads after the fighter.  He is somewhat behind, though as the poison has slowed his reactions temporarily.  He will arrive in the next few seconds.

{Troll 6}
The troll at the gong sees Klale coming, even expected it, and is able to turn and intercept Klale's swings with his own.  He grins at Klale in a taunting fashion.

Troll 6 takes full attack action to parry 2x.
Today Troll 6 took 20 on his attack to parry for a total of 32.  Critical success vs. critical success.
Today Troll 6 took 20 on his attack to parry for a total of 32.  Critical success vs. critical success.

Georrasque
NPC, 10 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Wed 23 May 2018
at 15:21
  • msg #384

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Freed from worry about attacking his companions, Georrasque opens his great maw and exhales a storm of crystal shards.  These shards shred three of the trolls {1, 3, and 5} so that they remain little more than bloody piles of goo and bones on the ground.

Initiative:
Ano         -19
Troll 1     --==DEAD==--
Troll 2     -0     Behind Molfistarion's body; slicing Molfistarion's neck open
Troll 3     --==DEAD==--
Troll 4     --==DEAD==--
Klale       -45
Troll 5     --==DEAD==--
Troll 6     -0     Back side of the forge; engaged with Klale; fighting defensively
Georrasque  -28
[Ano up.]
Ano
player, 719 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Wed 23 May 2018
at 15:31
  • msg #385

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As Ano reaches the troll behind Molfistarion he leaps up aiming a punch at the trolls temple.  As he drops down he attacks the trolls knee caps with hard strikes.

Ano takes 15 on 3 attacks
24, 24, and 19 to hit
11:30, Today: Ano rolled 20 using 3d10+12.  Flurry of blows damage.

First strike is a stunning blow DC 16

Troll 2
Thu 24 May 2018
at 12:49
  • msg #386

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano's first two strikes knock the troll away from the dragon's neck, forcing him to focus on the monk.  By the third strike in the flurry, the troll is able to bring the tool to bear and deflect the blow.  It roars in challenge to Ano and swings with a powerful downward slice.  The strike misses and the red-hot blade buries itself in the stone of the cavern floor.

08:46, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 2, rolled 11 using 1d20+7 ((4)).  Using Power Attack vs. Ano.

Initiative:
Ano         -19
Troll 2     -0     Behind Molfistarion's body; engaged with Ano
Klale       -45
Troll 6     -0     Back side of the forge; engaged with Klale; fighting defensively
Georrasque  -28
[Klale up.]
Klale Tsolo
player, 1077 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 25 May 2018
at 04:20
  • msg #387

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale retreats rapidly and charges to troll that is slicing the dead dragon's back. He manages [I'm guessing] to to get in a (for him) grazing blow.

21:18, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 11 using 2d6+8 with rolls of 2,1.  Damage.
*2 = 22 Damage
21:18, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 36 using 1d20+16.  Confirm Critical.

11:42, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 31 using 1d20+16.  To Hit.

The dice roller is laughing at me.

This message was last edited by the player at 14:38, Fri 25 May 2018.
Eru
GM, 938 posts
Fri 25 May 2018
at 15:14
  • msg #388

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

With both Ano and Klale on him, the troll behind Molfistarion is quickly dispatched.  When the two men come back around the forge, they see Georrasque sitting on his haunches, waiting.  There is no sign of the last troll defending the gong.  He is also not striking it any more.
Ano
player, 721 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Fri 25 May 2018
at 15:52
  • msg #389

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano rushes to the body of Molfistarion and tried to stop any bleeding and check his breathing.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1080 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 26 May 2018
at 18:44
  • msg #390

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

To reassess whether the dragon lives, Klale puts a hand close to its nostrils or, if desirable, mouth.
Georrasque
NPC, 11 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Sat 26 May 2018
at 20:20
  • msg #391

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragon is bleeding from the neck wound, but he still seems to be alive.  The breathing is slow, shallow, and halting but it is there in his nostrils and mouth.  Molfistarion's scales are too thick to detect something such as a heartbeat.

Georrasque comes over and inspects as well.  "I cannot believe he is still alive.  Do you think we should move him?  Get him back to Saris Morian for healing?  We cannot leave him here or the trolls, maybe even the War Dragon, will return and finish him off.  That gong no doubt alerted someone."

As if his words summoned it, a roar is heard outside the cave as well as feet thudding on the stone floor of the cavern as more denizens of the lair approach.  It is evident from the fight here that a head to head is not something that can be survived, not by the humans anyway.  There is time to flee, but Molfistarion will have to be left behind.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1081 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 26 May 2018
at 22:15
  • msg #392

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale looks at Georrasque. I doubt there's any help for it.  The mercy stroke if better than leaving him here alive. Agreed? Klale raises his sword and looks to his companions.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:29, Sat 26 May 2018.
Georrasque
NPC, 12 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Sat 26 May 2018
at 22:38
  • msg #393

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"NO!  No.  He is alive and does not appear to be getting worse.  The wound in his neck is not deep and the blood is light for a dragon.  Left alone, it will stop soon  enough.  We leave him.  Draw the denizens outside and face whatever is there.  There are scores of dragons out there waiting to attack.  Do not mistake convenience for mercy. "  Georrasque looks ready to stop Klale should the sword begin it's descent.  The Earth dragon has already demonstrated fast as a cat reflexes.  That He stands against the action should be warning enough as to how he will react to the attempt, especially if Klale succeeds.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1082 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 26 May 2018
at 23:24
  • msg #394

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Lead on then. Let's hope our friends are ready. Klale lowers his sword.
Ano
player, 723 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Tue 29 May 2018
at 13:08
  • msg #395

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano takes a long look at Molfistarion "We can't just leave him here so they can continue with whatever gruesome plans they have.  It's my fault he is here in the first place"
Georrasque
NPC, 13 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Tue 29 May 2018
at 14:56
  • msg #396

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"We have no time to argue this.  We should move to the front of the cave and address what is out there.  That is where our allies await.  The enemy will be drawn out of the cave to the battle, not into here to torture him."

As if his words had summoned them, three armored trolls lumber into the forge area and charge.  Georrasque begins to heave, much like a cat coughing up a furball, before opening his jaw unbelievably wide and ejecting a large boulder of earth at the trolls.  The two on the edge step around it, but the one in the middle is slammed up against the wall in a rattle of metal.  The boulder shatters, ripping through the platemail and killing the troll.

The other two approach the humans.

Initiative
Ano
Klale
Trolls
Ano
player, 724 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Thu 31 May 2018
at 02:13
  • msg #397

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano charges the troll on the right leaping and aiming two kicks at its chest.

Ano takes 15 on two attacks total of 25 and 20 to hit.

22:12, Today: Ano rolled 18 using 2d10+8.  Damage.

Klale Tsolo
player, 1083 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 31 May 2018
at 02:48
  • msg #398

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale takes the one on the left.

[Is it the same troll he fought at the gong?]
Georrasque
NPC, 14 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Thu 31 May 2018
at 11:32
  • msg #399

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano and Klale engage their foes while the third carelessly charges the dragon.  Perhaps living in the home of one of the elder dragons emboldened it.  Perhaps it was just stupid.  Either way, once it had cleared his allies, Georrasque whirled around and slammed his thick tail into the troll like a huge hammer.  With a crunch of metal and bone, the troll slammed against the wall.  [DMG = 36]
Trolls 1-3
Thu 31 May 2018
at 11:39
  • msg #400

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

{Troll 1}
Ano's troll reels back from the monk's attacks.  Though heavily armored, this one seems younger and less experienced than those recently faced in the room.  With a flailing move that is more desperation than skill, it flails at Ano with it's hammer and misses completely.

07:34, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 1, rolled 12 using 1d20+4.  Attack vs Ano.

{Troll 2}
Klale's troll watches Klale's approach warily.  When the big man does nothing, the troll decides to attack first.  It swings mightily, but it's lack of skill becomes evident as the attack only catches air in front of Klale, poorly timed and leaving an opening on the troll's right side.

07:35, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 2, rolled 7 using 1d20+4.  Attack vs Klale.

{Troll 3}
The troll pinned against the wall by Georrasque's tail barely holds on to it's own hammer, but it has no leverage to attack the tail.  Instead, it tries to push the tail away, but to no avail.

07:38, Today: Eru, for the NPC Troll 3, rolled 22 using 1d20+7.  Fortitude Save to hold on to weapon.

----
Outside, the roar grows louder as what is likely the War Dragon approaches the lair.  It does not sound happy.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1084 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 31 May 2018
at 17:56
  • msg #401

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale takes full advantage, slicing into the side and then drawing the blade around toward the front to continue his action.

10:51, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 13 using 4d6 with rolls of 3,4,2,4.  Damages.
7*2 + 6 = 20   6 + 6 = 12   32 Damage Fire effect Held at DC 17, 2 throws.

10:51, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 36 using 1d20+16.  Confirm Critical.

Ano
player, 727 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Sat 2 Jun 2018
at 10:37
  • msg #402

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano keeps close trying to stay inside the reach of the troll as he channels his energy into is fist for three rapid punches to the gut


Ano takes 15 on 3 attacks
24, 24, and 19 to hit
06:34, Today: Ano rolled 12 using 1d10+4.
Attack 3
06:33, Today: Ano rolled 12 using 1d10+4.
Attack 2
06:33, Today: Ano rolled 5 using 1d10+4.  Damage. Attack 1

First strike is a stunning blow DC 16

Georrasque
NPC, 15 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Sat 2 Jun 2018
at 16:12
  • msg #403

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Georrasque turns and bites the head off the pinned troll.  He then spits it out at the one fighting Ano.  It does little damage, but the intimidation factor is high.  Facing off against a dragon, even a young adult like Georrasque, is not something many could do.
Eru
GM, 946 posts
Sat 2 Jun 2018
at 16:14
  • msg #404

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

With Georrasque's troll dead and Klale's now frozen by Hard Time, it is nothing for the three of them to finish off the final troll.  Ano had done most of the work already and soon there are three dead trolls.

Georrasque again admonishes the two Men to hurry before more denizens come.  They needed to leave the cave before the war dragon arrived and they could no longer escape to the safety of the open field.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1086 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 2 Jun 2018
at 18:29
  • msg #405

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale looks at Molfistarion, looks away and trots toward the cave entrance, going as fast as he can while not leaving himself short of breath.

OOC: I was going to write "not winding himself," but that seems likely to confuse.
Ano
player, 728 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Mon 4 Jun 2018
at 14:18
  • msg #406

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

With one last look back at the cave Ano curses u see his breath and takes of after the others as quickly as he can.
Eru
GM, 947 posts
Mon 4 Jun 2018
at 14:29
  • msg #407

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As the three rush back through the caves, Georrasque barely remembers the dragon trap at the entrance in time.  The two humans run past, but he has to roll forward, narrowly getting an enormous axe buried in his flank.

Outside, the war dragon waits, sitting on his haunches, a look of calm about him.  He addresses Georrasque, ignoring the Men.  "Little one, who gave you permission to enter my lair?"
Georrasque
NPC, 16 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Mon 4 Jun 2018
at 14:29
  • msg #408

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"What have you done to Molfistarion, Viyaxor?"
Viyaxor
Mon 4 Jun 2018
at 14:33
  • msg #409

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The war dragon tilts his head and shrugs.  "He fell.  I brought him back to my lair to see if I could revive him."  Viyaxor's face is one of innocence, his tone to match.  However, it is obvious he is only toying with the earth dragon.  The charade ends quick enough when the innocence is replaced with malevolence.  "I needed a better flame source for my forge and a steam dragon serves a dual purpose.  He would have lived a long and useful life with the rest of you none the wiser."

He grins a tooth-filled grin then as he looms closer.  "Tell you what, let me kill the three of you with no trouble and I'll let Molfistarion live.  That way, those who know of his survival will all be gone and I won't have to deal with pesky rescuers from time to time.  What do you say?"
Georrasque
NPC, 17 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Mon 4 Jun 2018
at 14:35
  • msg #410

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Georrasque is either too stunned or angry for words, but he does not attack.  It occurs to the Men that he might be stalling for time.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1087 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 4 Jun 2018
at 15:33
  • msg #411

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale laughs. A thought-provoking offer, in its way. Now, since we're palavering, how about this: You get to live and enjoy your lair. Even better, we ask the Gorhirrim about ways to improve your forge. In return, you allow Molfistarion to be moved to safety so his wounds can be treated and he choose what he wants to do, you tell us all you know about the the being who's masterminding evil, and you never try to harm, unless directly provoked, any peaceful dragon.
Ano
player, 729 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Tue 5 Jun 2018
at 00:36
  • msg #412

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano tries to hide his actions behind the large earth dragon as he dig into his pack. He will wait to hear the dragons response.

Ano grabs a smoke stick and tinder twig
Viyaxor
Tue 5 Jun 2018
at 03:24
  • msg #413

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragon's head turn slightly to look down at Klale, then back to Georrasque.  "Speak quickly, whelp.  The insects buzzing around here are beginning to irritate me and my patience is not known for its longevity."
Georrasque
NPC, 18 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Tue 5 Jun 2018
at 03:26
  • msg #414

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"No.  I will not willingly give up my life or the life of Molfistarion.  You're reign of terror is over, Viyaxor.  Give up now and you may yet live on."  Georrasque maneuvers into a stance much like a cat looking to fight another.  He is turned sideways, his back is arched, and his mouth hangs open to expose his fangs.
Viyaxor
Tue 5 Jun 2018
at 03:49
  • msg #415

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Have it your way, little whelp."  Viyaxor feints toward Georrasque, but turns the move into a lunge toward's Klale, jaws wide upon to swallow him whole.


[Viyaxor attempts to Improved Grab Klale.

Improved Grab
To use this ability, the creature must hit with its bite attack by making a melee touch attack to grab the target. It can then attempt to start a grapple as a free action without provoking an attack of opportunity. If it wins the grapple check, it establishes a hold and can attempt to swallow the foe the following round.

23:42, Today: Eru, for the NPC War Dragon, rolled 64 using 1d20+44.  Bite - Grab attempt.
23:47, Today: Eru, for the NPC Viyaxor, rolled 45 using 1d20+36.  Grapple check vs. Klale.]
Klale Tsolo
player, 1088 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 5 Jun 2018
at 05:18
  • msg #416

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

PM
Georrasque
NPC, 19 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Wed 6 Jun 2018
at 10:59
  • msg #417

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Georrasque falls back anticipating the attack that turns into the feint.  He is unable to recover fast enough to prevent Viyaxor's enormous maw from completely enveloping the blacksmith.  Though Klale seems to resist the jaws closing around him for just a moment, it simply isn't enough.  Viyaxor raises his head into the sky and swallows.

"Klale!  NOOOO!"  Georrasque's voice is full of anger and sorrow at the loss of his companion.
Ano
player, 730 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Sun 10 Jun 2018
at 17:11
  • msg #418

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Seeing this Ano lights his smoke stick and attempts to toss it in front of the dragon so the smoke covers his head.  The  he harness a small amount of his ability to fly to turn his jump into a mighty leap.  He jumps high and arcs over to land on the war dragons back.
Viyaxor
Sun 10 Jun 2018
at 20:35
  • msg #419

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Such a pitiful trick-"  The dragon puffs and the smoke dissipates, but Ano is nowhere in sight.  Then the monk lands on the dragon's back.  "HOW DARE YOU TOUCH ME, INSECT!"  Viyaxor whips his head up and then down in rapid succession, sending a pulse wave along his spine as he seeks to dislodge the monk from his back.

[Ano Balance DC 25 to maintain seat or have to fly/fall off.]
Georrasque
NPC, 20 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Sun 10 Jun 2018
at 20:37
  • msg #420

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Georrasque strikes just as the head comes down.  The earth dragon whirls around and slams his tail into Viyaxor's face throwing the dragon to the side like a very large sack of potatoes.

[Ano, roll still applies to stay on, but you will have to adjust position a bit since the dragon is on it's side now.]
Ano
player, 731 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Mon 11 Jun 2018
at 02:51
  • msg #421

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

19:32, Today: Ano rolled 12 using 1d20+6.  Balance check. Definatly not staying on
Viyaxor
Mon 11 Jun 2018
at 03:19
  • msg #422

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As Ano goes spinning off into the air, Viyaxor, raises his head and inhales as he prepares to unload with his breath weapon against Georrasque.
Georrasque
NPC, 21 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Mon 11 Jun 2018
at 03:36
  • msg #423

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Georrasque turns his face away and tries to shield his eyes from the flaming breath sure to come from the War Dragon's throat.

However, only a small spurt coughs out, followed by gagging from the War Dragon.  Then, out of the other end of the metal-covered monster, there is a thunderous sound along with a jet of flame nearly twenty feet long.  All remaining scraggly vegetation, topsoil, and rocks are melted in a wide trench nearly three feet wide.

Viyaxor's eyes grow wide and then he shakes his head as he finally stops gagging.
Ano
player, 732 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Mon 11 Jun 2018
at 17:00
  • msg #424

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano's normally stoic face breaks into a small smirk ad he stands up.  " What is wrong, something you ate?"
Viyaxor
Tue 12 Jun 2018
at 13:08
  • msg #425

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"INSOLENT BUG!"  The war dragon gets to its feet and turns toward Ano in the sky above him.  He rears his head back again as if he is going to unleash his breath.
Ano
player, 733 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Tue 12 Jun 2018
at 14:36
  • msg #426

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano wills his sash to protect him from fire.
Georrasque
NPC, 22 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Thu 14 Jun 2018
at 02:50
  • msg #427

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The war dragon exhales a series of long, razor edged shards of metal...almost like sword blades from its mouth.  Georrasque leaps in front of Ano and takes the brunt of the barrage.  He grunts at the impact, but Ano cannot see what effect the blades had on him.

The young dragon does look back at Ano and grin, but winces in pain at one point in the expression.
Viyaxor
Sun 17 Jun 2018
at 19:57
  • msg #428

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Viyaxor circles Georrasque and Ano, glaring, but not attacking for some reason.  At one point he retches, but continues as if nothing happened.  "Soon, everyone of you will be gone or enslaved to Melkor's will.  Then your nuisance will be done!"
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:43, Wed 20 June 2018.
Ano
player, 735 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Wed 20 Jun 2018
at 10:21
  • msg #429

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Not before you are slain.  Are you willing to make that sacrifice for your master.  There can be hope for you still.  We can make a deal."
Georrasque
NPC, 23 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Sat 23 Jun 2018
at 02:26
  • msg #430

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Georrasque keeps himself in a position to defend Ano if necessary, but where Ano has line of sight to the War Dragon to speak and attack if necessary.  The movement seems to irritate Viyaxor, but he does not take advantage of several openings Georrasque leaves for him.  The Earth Dragon is obviously wounded enough that his movements are slowed, but his constant repositioning does not allow Ano to see what is wrong.  It has something to do with the flank facing Viyaxor.
Viyaxor
Sat 23 Jun 2018
at 02:28
  • msg #431

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Suddenly, the dragon lunges at Georrasque's neck, attempting to bite.  Georrasque is too slow to bring his armored head in to deflect fully.  However, he does prevent Viyaxor from getting a grip right behind his head.  Instead, Viyaxor clamps down on the base of his neck right above the shoulders.  Georrasque roars in pain while Viyaxor brings his front claws to bear.
Ano
player, 736 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Tue 26 Jun 2018
at 14:46
  • msg #432

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano darts forward focusing his energy into his fists.  As the dragons claws attack Georrasque Ano attacks the wrist with two punches and am elbow.

Ano takes 15 to hit on flurry of blows.  Total 24, 24, and 19 to hit
10:46, Today: Ano rolled 30 using 3d10+12.  Damage.

Georrasque
NPC, 24 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Sun 1 Jul 2018
at 04:12
  • msg #433

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano's punches are effective at deflecting the dragon's attack, but do no obvious damage.  It's scales are too thick for mere punches from mortal hands to do anything to.

Georrasque stumbles back and falls to the ground.  From this vantage point, Ano can see that he has taken a severe wound to his left flank.  "I am sorry, Ano.  I cannot continue.  He has...bested me."  With those words, Georrasque's head slowly lowers to the ground and he lets out a ragged breath of air.
Viyaxor
Sun 1 Jul 2018
at 04:16
  • msg #434

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Viyaxor lets out a malevolent chuckle.  "Your protector is down, little vermin.  What will you do now?"  The dragon sits back on its haunches with a superior aire.  However, there is a slight twinge in his facial expression.
Ano
player, 737 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Wed 4 Jul 2018
at 14:36
  • msg #435

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano smiles slightly " Now I wait for your arrogance to be your end.   I  laugh at the fact that your smiths are dead and whatever vile project they were working on is ruined beyond repair.  Do what you must but know I laugh at  your arrogance.

Ano calms his mind and draws his two steel fans and takes a defensive stance.

Ano takes a total defense action and activates his dodge feat on the war
dragon
+5 AC total ac: 22 and steel fans of deflection at the ready

Viyaxor
Wed 4 Jul 2018
at 23:40
  • msg #436

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Viyaxor swipes at Ano, but misses.  He gags again and overextends, falling to his side with his back facing Ano and Georrasque.
Ano
player, 738 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Thu 5 Jul 2018
at 17:37
  • msg #437

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano continues to stand ready but waits.  He whispers to Georrasque stay with me.  help will be here soon.
Eru
GM, 977 posts
Fri 6 Jul 2018
at 03:22
  • msg #438

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Furious at whatever is going on inside, perhaps a sign that Klale still lives, Viyaxor rolls to his feet with a roar.  He rears back and lunges at Georrasque's neck, his mouth open wide.

Before he can close, though, four young dragons slam into him from the side and knock him over.  More and more land, punching, clawing, breathing whatever weapons they have from within.  The single elder dragon screeches in pain, but the young dragons do not relent.  The titanic battle rages on for several minutes.  A few of the younger dragons are forced to retreat, wounded severely by a fortunate strike from the War Dragon's metal scales and claws.

Ano is shielded from the violence by Georrasque's body, but he is able to see, hear, and feel what is going on.
Viyaxor
Sat 7 Jul 2018
at 02:53
  • msg #439

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The War Dragon fights hard, but it is obviously weakening.  Twice it employs its fire-breath, the second time so weakly that not even Ryland would be harmed by the flames.  It also employs a metal lance type breath weapon that impales one dragon through the shoulder.  The second time it attempts this, seven dragons slam into Viyaxor at once, claws and teeth flashing.  The lance, a pitiful shadow of the previous one in size, sticks in the dragon's throat, the point barely past his teeth.

Viyaxor lies dead, surrounded by tens of bleeding, heavily breathing, and elated younger dragons.
Ano
player, 739 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Sun 8 Jul 2018
at 01:51
  • msg #440

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano strides over to the body of the war dragon and pries it's mouth as open as he can get it and calls out.  You still in there?
Eru
GM, 985 posts
Sun 8 Jul 2018
at 02:26
  • msg #441

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The War Dragon suddenly begins to convulse.  It's eyes snap open and the body spasms multiple times.  Then blood pours from the eyes, nose, and mouth but the only movement that remains is at the other end...
Ano
player, 740 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Wed 11 Jul 2018
at 01:28
  • msg #442

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano walks around to the other side of the downed dragon to see what is happening.  As it slowly dawns on him what might be happening he turns away and gags a bit.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1115 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 11 Jul 2018
at 18:48
  • msg #443

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

And he hears ripping sounds coming from the dragon.
Eru
GM, 987 posts
Sat 14 Jul 2018
at 02:43
  • msg #444

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

At first, what emerges from the dragon's...posterior looks like the last bowel movement of the dead.  It is long, brownish, and covered in filth.  It is also carrying a long, sharp sword.  Once the dragons realize it is Klale, they move to help the warrior stand and do what they can to clean him off, include a gentle form of a steam dragon's breath weapon that washes him mostly clean.

The blood and gore that follows him out of the dragon's anus smells horrific.  [Ano rolls a Fortitude Save vs. DC 20 or vomit.]  Even the dragons don't want to remain nearby.  They begin gently working to move Georrasque away from the cave entrance where trolls and other denizens can be seen gathering.
Ano
player, 741 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Sat 14 Jul 2018
at 03:26
  • msg #445

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano holds a hand up to his mouth as the dragons look on.  He seems to get himself under control as he stands up straight. He opens his mouth to speak to Klale.  Before he can the second wave of awful is ejected from the dragon and it's to much.  Ano doubles over and vomits.

23:13, Today: Ano rolled 19 using 1d20+9.  Fort save.
Young Dragon
Sat 14 Jul 2018
at 04:01
  • msg #446

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Lucifariel comes over to Ano and Klale.  "You have helped us score a great victory today.  We had not thought we could take down an elder dragon without loss of life.  Georrasque may yet pass, but still, we have never succeeded in such a way before.  We should regroup and consider our next move...perhaps further from Viyaxor's remains."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1116 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 14 Jul 2018
at 05:41
  • msg #447

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale gets downwind from everybody he can. We have tales to tell, brave ones; but, first, I need to get to running water.
Ano
player, 742 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Sat 14 Jul 2018
at 11:03
  • msg #448

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano looks up, color returning to his face.  "We must rescue Molfistarion he is still alive in that cave.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1117 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 14 Jul 2018
at 19:35
  • msg #449

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Then I'll lead. The stink may deter any attacker.
Eru
GM, 989 posts
Sat 14 Jul 2018
at 21:50
  • msg #450

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shocked but ecstatic with the news, the young dragons all begin talking at once.  Lucifariel draws their attention though and within a minute, six have volunteered to follow the humans in.

Lucifariel stays outside to command.

The rescue mission is short and relatively uneventful.  The only excitement comes from the trap at the entrance.  The first dragon through triggers it, but avoids it nimbly.  Another locks it so that it cannot reset.  No denizens make an appearance and then minutes later, the steam dragon lies next to Georrasque breathing shallowly and unconscious.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1118 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 14 Jul 2018
at 22:38
  • msg #451

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Now Klale, hopefully takes a bath (and a rinse)* before telling his tale and hearing others' tales.

*And if any dragon can breathe controlled fire, standing in warm air so effects dry faster.
Ano
player, 743 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Sat 14 Jul 2018
at 22:38
  • msg #452

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano puts a hand on Molfistarion Soon all will be well. After that ano sits down hard, looking tired, all his energy spent.  We should get back to the dragons caves.  I worry about what has become of the Maiar
Eru
GM, 990 posts
Tue 17 Jul 2018
at 04:22
  • msg #453

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

With much effort and care, the dragons carry Georrasque and Molfistarion back to the dwarven city.  A now clean Klale and Ano ride in the rear guard just in case, but there is no dark dragon to molest.

They are greeted by Saris who rushes out and begins her work on Georrasque first.  While she works, Lucifariel, Shock, and the rest of those who have emerged as leaders of the younger dragons meet with Klale and Ano about what to do next.

Lucifariel is energized by the success against Viyaxor and urges further forays into the elder dragon dens.  "We can do this.  United we are stronger.  We did not lose a single one of our number and took down one of their War Dragons.  Viyaxor was mighty, but-"

Shock is not so convinced.  "Georrasque was terribly injured.  Were it not for the Men, we would have lost them both.  Now they are aware of our tactic and will better prepare.  Their arrogance will not be a weakness much longer.  We must regroup and consider a new tactic."

The other members of the council seem split between the two ideas equally.  None now argue for a wait and see or cessation of the aggression though.  The younger dragons have lost much of their fear of the elder it seems.

Zephyrim speaks up at one point and brings silence to the others.  "What of the dragon master?"
This message was last edited by the GM at 05:16, Tue 17 July 2018.
Ano
player, 744 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Tue 17 Jul 2018
at 15:21
  • msg #454

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

We have seen nothing of him yet, and I fear what he may be planning.  I think we need to regroup and plan for the worst.
We also have no leads on finding the Maiar that is supposed to be here.

Klale Tsolo
player, 1119 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 17 Jul 2018
at 16:55
  • msg #455

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale first checks on Delnuar and Gawelind.

He mentions that the war dragon's stomach lining, if tanned would make excellent nonmetallic armor.

What caused we human to set aside our mundane lives and quest was the fall of stars. Did any fall anywhere that any of you noticed?
Gwaelind Song of the Wind
NPC, 32 posts
Maiar
Aeromancer
Wed 18 Jul 2018
at 20:27
  • msg #456

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Delunaur is silent and seems depressed.  She refuses to look up as Klale enters.  Gwaelind stays by her the entire time.  The seat she sits in is of some kind of polished stone that might be fireproof.  Columns of the same material rise to either side.  There are heavily enchanted chains hanging from them down to the floor with manacles at the end that would fit a human wrist.

"We are fine, Klale.  Delunaur holds her own against her master's will.  We have faith in your companions to return with the needed material in time."
Zephyrim
Thu 19 Jul 2018
at 00:06
  • msg #457

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons look at one another, but their alien physiology is hard to read.  Finally, Zephyrim looks to the Men.  "A star did fall.  It landed in the Withered Heath.  That's what has stirred up the elder dragons I'd imagine.  They began their incursions soon after it fell."
This message was last updated by the GM at 00:06, Thu 19 July 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1120 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 18 Jul 2018
at 23:18
  • msg #458

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Unbidden, Klale tears up when he sees Delunaur's situation. He nods after hearing Gwaelind's words and returns to his companions with outward composure restored.

So that's probably the source of this "master." Air, earth, fire, water seem to key somehow to the evil that has come...and the good. Anyway, if nothing else suggests itself, perhaps traveling to the starfall site and guessing from there is sort of a plan. Are there some among you who can outfly the fastest elder dragon over distance?
Zephyrim
Thu 19 Jul 2018
at 00:06
  • msg #459

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I can."
Ano
player, 745 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Thu 19 Jul 2018
at 01:19
  • msg #460

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

according to what Ceven told us we are looking for Naurel the Song of Fire, who runs with dragon masters.  If the star fell in the withered heath then there is a good chance the elder dragons and their dragon master have the Maiar
Klale Tsolo
player, 1121 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 19 Jul 2018
at 02:05
  • msg #461

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale nods in confirmation and smiles at Zephyrim. Then I suggest we proceed after makiing sure we have supplies.  As for the dwarves, they have suffered loss. However, if any wish to come with us, I think they'd be welcome.
Zephyrim
Sat 21 Jul 2018
at 02:26
  • msg #462

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"What is it that we are going to do?  Look for the crater where the Maia fell?  Seek out the dragon masters?  I'm unsure of your plan, Klale Tsolo."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1122 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 21 Jul 2018
at 04:08
  • msg #463

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale laughs. So am I. Unless we have a sense of where the elder dragons are, what they've been induced to do, I'm guessing to start again with something I know about. I welcome ideas from wiser heads than mine.
Kairo'uonar
NPC, 13 posts
Dragon
Fighter
Sat 21 Jul 2018
at 17:42
  • msg #464

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"We had great success attacking a lair.  I suggest we do so again.  But I have one question.  Klale, you were inside the War Dragon.  How did you survive without even a scratch?  Dragon stomach acid would have eaten you away in minutes.  It is very potent."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1123 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 21 Jul 2018
at 23:05
  • msg #465

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Yes, well...that. I attempted to hold open the dragon's jaws and got swallowed headfirst. Close quarters. I tumbled into the stomach and managed to come up standing. It was like being in a smithy, a closed-in one. To my amazement, I was alive and not, ah dissolving. Also, I could see; thee was a light behind me. I turned  but it still was behind me. I wonder now it it was the shield. It has a dragon pictured and I was told to by a dark blue dragon called Slochraos'altue keep it. Or perhaps it was somehow grace of a benevolent being beyond my powers to imagine. Anyway, I tried cutting my way out. The stomach lining was just scratched. The dragon formed tubelike things from pores to emit and form out missiles. I was able to cut some off. Also, there were some bones. I sharpened some and tried to stick them into the dragon's throat with not much, but some, success. I also made some cuts into and around the stomach's outlet. Some acid spilled into those cuts. I think that was no fun for the dragon. Finally I was able to cut my way out through lots of most unpleasant stuff...as you saw...and smelled.

"Most amazing of all, I was able to breathe through all this. Oh, and the light was, as you saw, gone when I emerged.

"Attacking another lair might well be a good idea, whittle down those who do evil if we can catch them one by one. The only think is, what is this master up to. 'Course, we might find out too soon for our strength."
Lucifariel
Tue 24 Jul 2018
at 15:30
  • msg #466

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I cannot account for the breathing, though I imagine our Maia friend, Gwaelind may have had something to do with that.  May I see the shield?"  The light dragon holds out a clawed palm for the piece of equipment strapped to Klale's back.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1124 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 24 Jul 2018
at 16:37
  • msg #467

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale reaches back and holds out the shield, showing both sides. If Lucifariel wishes s/he may take it for closer examination.
Lucifariel
Wed 25 Jul 2018
at 22:15
  • msg #468

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Lucifariel takes the shield and inspects it closely.  His eyes widen at one point and he shakes his head as he hands the shield back to Klale.  "A mighty artifact indeed.  That is the scale of Uonar the Skybolt, an ancient dragon of the First Age, creator of the Darastrix Iejirtaroq'el.  Shock was looking for signs of him in the Iejirtaroq'el ruins deep within the Soul's Rest Mountains.  She found you instead."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1125 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 25 Jul 2018
at 22:22
  • msg #469

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

I think it may have saved me, and I'm mighty grateful. Now we have at least two alternatives: A lair or the starfall. Other suggestions?
Kairo'uonar
NPC, 14 posts
Dragon
Fighter
Wed 25 Jul 2018
at 22:28
  • msg #470

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I don't see a benefit to going to the starfall site now.  There is nothing but a crater.  What do we hope to find there?  The Maia is not there any more and is likely captive of the elder dragons or worse."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1126 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 25 Jul 2018
at 22:49
  • msg #471

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Very well could be. And maybe killing evil-doing dragons one by one will eventuate us finding out where the Maiar is. Something I just thought of: This master, if it runs out of evil-disposed dragons, will it try to convert some or all of you?
Eru
GM, 1000 posts
Wed 25 Jul 2018
at 23:46
  • msg #472

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons look at one another.  Several hang their heads.  Lucifariel is not one of them, though.  "It could be.  That is why we have searched so long for Uonar.  How did he and Faeladar, the Father of All Dragons, and the others that fought alongside them resist the call of Darkfang.  But I am convinced that we will find him, and if not, we will resist the call on our own.  We are dragons.  We serve no one."
Ano
player, 746 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Thu 26 Jul 2018
at 04:31
  • msg #473

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Upon hearing this Ano interjects "So your saying that there is a chance that if we find this Uonar that it would help you reject the evil influences. could it also help to free the dragons they have already?"
Lucifariel
Fri 27 Jul 2018
at 04:08
  • msg #474

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The light dragon tilts his head, a sign of thinking.  When he speaks, it is hesitant with a hint of surprise.  "It never occurred to me to apply Uonar's method to the elder dragons.  We had only considered it aloud for ourselves to remain free-willed, unbound to Darkfang or anyone else."
Ano
player, 747 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Fri 27 Jul 2018
at 04:42
  • msg #475

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Do you have any clues on where we might find it.  Perhaps there is a less violent ending to all this."
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 30 posts
Dragon
Fri 27 Jul 2018
at 18:17
  • msg #476

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I have been looking for Uonar for more than a decade.  My clues finally led me to the Soul's Rest.  I found a lot there.  Kairo'uonar bears the name of his sire, but dragon eggs can hibernate for millennia if need be.  There is no telling how long Kairo'uonar was down there before he hatched, or even how he ended up bound.  His amnesia remains and he remembers nothing before you released him from the chains."  Shock looks at Kairo with what looks like sympathy before she continues.  "You found the scale of Uonar and no telling what else further down that have not yet seen.  No doubt the scale is a clue that leads to Uonar and perhaps even Faeladar.  Neither fell in the First War of the Dragons, though many did."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1127 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 27 Jul 2018
at 20:54
  • msg #477

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

So an option is to go back to the cave complex and search further?
Lucifariel
Sun 29 Jul 2018
at 03:38
  • msg #478

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Certainly, but not now, not for us.  Hopefully you will choose to remain here as well.  The two of you have slain as much of our foe as any us.  You are a great asset to our cause and I would imagine to some of us, you are considered among our friends."  Lucifariel looks off to the east.  "The ruins of the Bloodsworn will remain.  For now, our adversary is likely stirred up at our latest efforts.  We should expect an attack here at any moment, or we should continue to take the fight to them, attack their lairs and draw them out.  If that shield is the scale of a dragon of the first age, it will protect you as nothing in this age or the last could."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1128 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 29 Jul 2018
at 03:41
  • msg #479

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale bows his head briefly as if receiving a medal. I'm honored. We humans, if undecided, might flip a coin. Heads, choice 1; tails, choice 2.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:42, Sun 29 July 2018.
Zephyrim
Sun 29 Jul 2018
at 03:43
  • msg #480

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Please understand, we are not attempting to hold you here against your will or command you.  If you decide to head back into the ruins, so be it.  We will carry on with your valor to inspire us.  We are merely asking that you remain with us.  Many of us think you are a counter to the Dragon Masters of the elder dragons.  Shock has already named you as such and I think that Ano, especially, has a connection to us.  Your presence will blow the winds of this conflict in a direction favorable to us."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1129 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 29 Jul 2018
at 03:45
  • msg #481

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale looks at Ano before replying.
Ano
player, 748 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Sun 29 Jul 2018
at 18:26
  • msg #482

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I think it best we stay and fight.  A search of the ruins could take far to long and we are needed here.  We can not allow the dragons to fall to evil influences.  Going forward I think we should focus on taking individual targets with the aim to draw out is so called dragon master.  If we can deal with him perhaps the elder dragons will not be as coordinated."

It seems that Ano has become quite tired and not as alert as usual "before we move I am going to need a short rest, the battle with the war dragon took a lot out of me"
Klale Tsolo
player, 1130 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 29 Jul 2018
at 19:40
  • msg #483

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

And the dragons will help us withstand evil influences. Silly in a way to say, for there are far more dragons on this team than we two.

So...rest and I work to renew a glyph on my armor if I wake up in time. Then we seek a lair and scout what may be near it. Is that agreeable to all?

Eru
GM, 1004 posts
Tue 31 Jul 2018
at 03:00
  • msg #484

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons allow the humans to depart into the dwarven town and find rest.  There is no disturbance during the down time and Klale has time to renew his glyph.

When the humans are ready, there is consideration of the next lair to attend.  There are few elder dragons that remain, but they are considered the most formidable of them all and if they show up with a Dragon Master, it could mean something devastating for the young.  Of the elder dragons, the following remain:

Eldritch - 2
Storms - 2
War - 3
Death - 3

It is unlikely that the same tactic will work again exactly as before.  It was sheer fortune that the lair chosen had Molfistarion in it.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1131 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 31 Jul 2018
at 03:45
  • msg #485

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale scratches his head. Well, I've no idea which lair would be best; but, as we locate one, feint like we are gong somewhere else before going to that lair in a hurry. At least, that's a possible tactic.
Ano
player, 749 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Tue 31 Jul 2018
at 12:30
  • msg #486

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I have to ask.  Like some of your own are these me last of their kind as well.  I would be hard pressed to know we wiped out a whole line of dragons.  That being said is there any you might judge to be less effective when they are alone."
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 31 posts
Dragon
Wed 1 Aug 2018
at 04:07
  • msg #487

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"If we find Uonar or Faeladar, if those dragons still live, then the elder dragon breeds are not lost as we all proceed from Faeladar.  Honestly, though, do we really need more Death Dragons?"  The other dragons nod and murmur their agreement.
Lucifariel
Wed 1 Aug 2018
at 04:10
  • msg #488

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Tactically, the War and Storm dragons are likely the most predictable and least deadly.  That does not mean they aren't deadly.  War Dragons can pass through our scales as easily as we can pass through your skin with tooth and claw.  Their breath is a lance of metal that pierces our hearts in a single, fatal blow.  Storm Dragons control the wind and render us incapable of flying giving them enormous advantage.  Only Wind and Lightning dragons have any real ability to oppose them in the open."
Ano
player, 751 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Tue 7 Aug 2018
at 14:09
  • msg #489

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"What if we hit one of the storm dragons when it is on the ground and cant maneuver.  Would that give you a bigger advantage? "
Zephyrim
Tue 7 Aug 2018
at 19:13
  • msg #490

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"If we could manage to catch a single Storm Dragon on the ground, which would take careful observation, planning, and coordination, then I could steal its wind and Shock could draw their lightning.  After that, I can see where a Storm Dragon might be the easiest of those that remain to kill."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1132 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 7 Aug 2018
at 21:47
  • msg #491

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Then that's the boundaries of a plan. From my experience, storm dragons are arrogant and impetuous. They could be led into an ambush. What part of their bodies are easiest to wound?
Zephyrim
Thu 9 Aug 2018
at 02:54
  • msg #492

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"If we catch them on the ground, then our first priority will be to shred their wings.  If they can't gain the sky, then the earth dragons have much advantage over them.  Together, our weight of numbers will be sufficient to destroy the creature before it can do sufficient damage to any one of us.  The main problem will be any minions that might be in its lair."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1133 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 9 Aug 2018
at 05:28
  • msg #493

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Suppose one is in the air. How may it be enticed to land? For instance, if it's male can it be enticed to land to check out a female?
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 32 posts
Dragon
Thu 9 Aug 2018
at 13:13
  • msg #494

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Shock snorts.  "Klale, these are elder dragons, not some animal you are trying to herd.  If a Storm Dragon is in the air, we should retreat.  They rule the sky.  Knowing we are about, they will not leave it for anything."
Ano
player, 752 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Thu 9 Aug 2018
at 14:49
  • msg #495

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale and I should be able to handle whatever minions might be in the lair
Klale Tsolo
player, 1134 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 9 Aug 2018
at 22:11
  • msg #496

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale blinks. And so could one or more of you, but it might be less, uh, fatiguing if there were more than two doing the...handling.
Zephyrim
Mon 13 Aug 2018
at 03:17
  • msg #497

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"The problem you face now is that only those who can fly could reach a Storm Dragon's lair.  Thus, the landbound dragons like Georrasque would not be able to help.  I flying dragon would not be as hardy in there and would be almost as susceptible to traps and minions as the two of you normally would be if you weren't...well, you.  I'm not saying they shouldn't help you, I'm just wanting you to understand what you are asking."
Ys'shathas
Mon 13 Aug 2018
at 03:24
  • msg #498

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I will go with them."  The voice is from the back and is so quiet, it is almost missed.

From out of the back of the group of dragons, a small smoke dragon steps forward.  She is no larger than Klale in terms of her main bulk, though the long, dark tail trails back into the crowd and disappears somewhere between all the scales and claws of her brethren.  Her neck is long, too, and looped around so the head is nearly touching her chest as she looks at the Men.  Dark tendrils of smoke waft about her making her appear as a shadow that might disappear in too bright a light.  Ash drops like a gentle rain from her body, but disappears before it hits the ground.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1135 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 13 Aug 2018
at 03:40
  • msg #499

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Thank you. Quietness oft conceals unexpected power Klale says. About the ground dragons...I gather storm dragons have openings to their lairs so one has to fly to them. I wonder: Suppose a sort of basket or net can be contrived with ropes. Make sort of harness to put around two flying dragons. Could the two dragons bear the weight up to the opening? The ground dragon would be taking quite a chance...have to make sure he or she cold be flown back down.
Shochraos'altiui
NPC, 33 posts
Dragon
Mon 13 Aug 2018
at 03:58
  • msg #500

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"It would take more than two, and I do not think we have the time to expend to rig such a thing, my friend.  Ys'shathas might be just the edge you need against mortal foes anyway.  They won't see her until it is too late, and their weapons will be hard pressed to harm her without some sort of enchantment on them."
Lucifariel
Mon 13 Aug 2018
at 04:00
  • msg #501

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Is there ought more for us to discuss, or have we a plan?"

The rest of the dragons bow their heads, a sign of submission to the will of the council.  None have more to add.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1136 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 13 Aug 2018
at 04:27
  • msg #502

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale bows his head. If it is permitted to to have the honor of making the same gesture of assent.
Ano
player, 753 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Mon 13 Aug 2018
at 20:50
  • msg #503

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Very well. Ys'shathas will accompany us into the storm dragons lair.  We will attempt to draw the storm dragon out of, or to its lair depending on where it is.  Once outside we aim for an all out attack.
Eru
GM, 1016 posts
Thu 16 Aug 2018
at 02:52
  • msg #504

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Plans made, the dragons and humans rest and resupply.  Feeling that precious time is slipping from them, all are ready to go just before dawn.  It remains the conventional wisdom that if they must face a Death Dragon, daylight would be the most advantageous.

Two hours later, the Men are dropped off at the entrance to a cave high in the mountains.  This cave has wide openings to the sky, places where the Storm Dragon can launch into the air if the fight on the ground is not going their way.  Nothing much would scale the mountain to get to the top where this lair is located.

As it stands, the blue sky above is filled with bright, wispy clouds with no storm in sight.

Inside the entrance there are piles of snow that feed two pools on either side of a huge path leading deeper inside.  There is nothing moving about, but the path turns about a hundred feet in.  Light is not a problem so far because of the openness.  The walls are slick with frozen moisture and tinged with bluish grey stone.  Crisp air invigorates the Men, though it could turn uncomfortable with prolonged exposure.  There is also the faint smell of ozone.
Ano
player, 754 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Thu 16 Aug 2018
at 16:46
  • msg #505

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"we should proceed with caution. Ano make his way to the cave entrance and studies the interior closely.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1137 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 16 Aug 2018
at 17:05
  • msg #506

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale chuckles. Good advice.
Eru
GM, 1018 posts
Fri 17 Aug 2018
at 18:29
  • msg #507

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Further in the cave and around the corner the tunnel dips down into a vast cavern.  There are multiple openings to the sky in the ceiling, but even the Storm Dragon would be swallowed up in this cavern.  Most of the younger dragons could fit within if they didn't mind cuddling a bit.  The walls are stone, but there is a sheen of ice on them.  Several pools of solid ice are scattered about.  Multiple shelves of varying size cover the walls.  Many are large enough to hold an elder dragon.  There are short tunnels, almost doorways, that lead to even more chambers beyond.  The light streaming into them indicates they are all open to the sky.

Except for one.  This one leads down further.  It is wide enough for the dragon to walk down, but with wings closed.  There is no light coming from it and the tunnel wall looks like it curves to the right within a few feet of the entrance.

All around the main cavern are large piles of accumulated snow indicating they have been growing for some time, especially given the clear sky above.  There is also a small waterfall pouring through one of the openings into the cave, fed by a river coming off the peak of the mountain still hundreds of feet above.  The river flows across the cave from east to southwest and disappears down a hole up against the wall.

Klale, Ano, and Ys'shathas have come in from the west.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1138 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 18 Aug 2018
at 05:27
  • msg #508

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano, have you a torch?
Ano
player, 755 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Sat 18 Aug 2018
at 13:57
  • msg #509

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano nods and reaches into his pack and takes a second to light a torch with his flint.  "Should we check all the side passages,  make sure nothing is left behind us or go straight for the main cavern? "
Klale Tsolo
player, 1139 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 18 Aug 2018
at 16:57
  • msg #510

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Unless the direction of air flow is obvious, Klale wets a finger and holds it up. In that way, he finds out. If possible, we should be downwind. Ys'shathas, I'm not sure about how well dragon's eyes penetrate the dark, but am I right that your sense of smell is acute?
Ano
player, 756 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Fri 24 Aug 2018
at 10:29
  • msg #511

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano moves forward into the cave checking out some of the rooms open to the sky
Eru
GM, 1029 posts
Sat 25 Aug 2018
at 02:55
  • msg #512

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As Ano approaches one of the strange blue ice pools, something catches his eye [Take 10 + 10 Spot].  Deep within, something shifts, something big.
Ano
player, 757 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Mon 27 Aug 2018
at 13:51
  • msg #513

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano whispers back to the rest "there is something alive beneath the ice.  be cautious" he moves as quietly as he can keeping low to the ground to get a better look into the ice
Klale Tsolo
player, 1140 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 27 Aug 2018
at 15:32
  • msg #514

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale holds still except he turns his head toward Ys'shathas showing a cocked, inquiring eyebrow.
Ys'shathas
NPC, 1 post
Dragon
Smoke
Tue 28 Aug 2018
at 02:24
  • msg #515

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Ice drakes, likely," the smoke dragon says softly.  "For those who have taken down dragons, these will be as nothing."  Her voice falls flat from her mouth, traveling only so far as to reach the ears of the two Men before silence.  Though not a whisper, nothing echoes.  A lulling quality in the voice hints as a kind of hypnotism that could be brought to bear against her enemies, though it is not actively directed at Klale and Ano.  Something tells the two of them that Ys'shathas is far more dangerous than she may have let on to her fellow dragons.

Or mayhap they know and accept it and simply have not communicated that well to the Men.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1141 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 28 Aug 2018
at 04:47
  • msg #516

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale grunts and speaks softly enough (He hopes.). Blacksmiths face down fires but have earned to beware of sparks. These are not out business. Let's move on. While we're about it, we should choose where to be if a dragon comes sailing in.
Ano
player, 758 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Tue 28 Aug 2018
at 05:05
  • msg #517

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I would prefer not to leave these at our backs if we need to escape quickly"
Klale Tsolo
player, 1142 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 28 Aug 2018
at 05:09
  • msg #518

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

You plan to provoke them? How are you when facing cold?
Ano
player, 759 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Tue 28 Aug 2018
at 13:47
  • msg #519

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I should be alright"  Ano tries to determine how many drakes there might be.  "They might already know we are here, I dont want them to sneak up behind us when we are further in.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1143 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 28 Aug 2018
at 20:20
  • msg #520

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale shrugs Then we wait? Depending on how many, we either put a wail near our backs, retreat near the opening so we face on r two at a time, or stand where we have maneuvering room. I've no idea which.
Ys'shathas
NPC, 2 posts
Dragon
Smoke
Sat 1 Sep 2018
at 02:31
  • msg #521

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The smoke dragon says no more, but heads toward the darkened tunnel and fades from view out of the light.  She leaves the tactics to the Men.  Her youth does not debilitate her skill, but of tactics, she is likely not as versed.

Within the pools, something moves and the ice groans and cracks for a moment.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:32, Sat 01 Sept 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1144 posts
Human
Fighter
Sat 1 Sep 2018
at 02:51
  • msg #522

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale leans in toward Ano. Might just as well find out if they're or it is willing to talk. Gives up the first blow; but, well, it's more honorable.
Ano
player, 760 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Sat 1 Sep 2018
at 22:19
  • msg #523

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano moves the edge if the frozen pool and stands ready for and attack "show yourselves "

ano readies an attack if something comes to attack him
Eru
GM, 1034 posts
Mon 3 Sep 2018
at 02:35
  • msg #524

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ice shatters out of two of the pools as ivory-scaled dragons leap forth.  Both land on the icy ground without slippage as their claws dig in.  These dragons are smaller than any non-aligned dragon, about the size of the largest of horses perhaps.  Short stocky legs end in short claws meant for gripping ice more than attack.  A wide, flat tail also grips the ice.

Their ice-blue eyes narrow and their lips are curled in a silent snarl.  They look as if they are about to attack.

[Attempt to speak or roll initiative as you choose.]
Klale Tsolo
player, 1145 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 4 Sep 2018
at 05:58
  • msg #525

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale evidently decides this is not a "Let's talk this over" situation and attacks, probably with effect. [If so} Klale stabs into the muzzle and slashes as he withdraws.

[Hope I have this right.]

Take 20, no critical. 20+16, 20+11  for 37, 31 to-hit
[Didn't subtract any to-his because not sure how tough these creatures are to hit.]

22:52, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 12 using 2d8 with rolls of 7,5.  Fire Damage.

22:51, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 16 using 4d6 with rolls of 5,6,4,1.  Damages.

Damages: 11+1, 5+1  for 12, 6 If vulnerable to Fire: 19, 10.

Save VS Hold DC 17.
Ano
player, 761 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Thu 6 Sep 2018
at 13:07
  • msg #526

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano moves to attack the drake not engage with Klale, lashing out with two punches aimed at the leg joints and a kick aimed at the head.

Ano takes 10 one 3 attacks making a 24, 24, and 19 to hit.
09:06, Today: Ano rolled 24 using 3d10+12 ((4,3,5)).


Eru
GM, 1037 posts
Fri 7 Sep 2018
at 04:46
  • msg #527

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The Men are just slightly quicker than the two dragons.  Klale's sword bites deep and the fire seems to hurt more than normal.  The creature screeches and draws back a moment from the sword before lunging at him.  Its attack is fierce but Klale's armor and the Glyph of Protection are sufficient protection.

Ano's strikes knock off a few scales, angering his opponent.  It swipes at him, almost contemptibly, and claws into him.  The icy touch seeps into his muscles as well [8 DMG - ice-based  Roll DC 18 Reflex Save or take 1 Point of STR DMG]

These creatures look fairly tough and their capacity to deal damage and debilitate with their icy touch is nothing to scoff at.  However, the way they move and hiss or screech brings to mind animals more than it does true intelligence.  Their attacks were searching, measuring, not full out.  What they might do at a full go is worrisome to infer.


[23:58, Yesterday: Eru, for the NPC Ice Drake, rolled 24 using 1d20+8.  Attack vs. Klale
00:11, Today: Eru, for the NPC Ice Drake, rolled 10 using 1d8+1d6+2-5.  Damage (ice) vs. Klale.
00:15, Today: Eru, for the NPC Ice Drake 2, rolled 28 using 1d20+10.  Attack vs. Ano.
00:18, Today: Eru, for the NPC Ice Drake 2, rolled 8 using 1d8+1d6+2.  Damage (ice) vs. Ano.]


Current Combat
Init     Name            HP    AC     Status
13       Klale            0    24     Glyph of Protection (+4 AC)
12       Ano            - 8    17
12       Ice Drake 1    -29    19      Vulnerable to Fire; Ice-based Attacks
12       Ice Drake 2    -24    19      Vulnerable to Fire; Ice-based Attacks

{Klale is up, then Ano.  Initiatives taken from character sheets and based on taking 10.}
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:21, Sat 08 Sept 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1146 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 7 Sep 2018
at 05:36
  • msg #528

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale wades in ignoring the attacks as they glance off his armor. He's able to penetrate the hide and then work Hard Time in further.

1st: 3+1+6 = 10   2nd: 9+1+6 = 16   Total Damage = 28

22:29, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 12 using 2d8 with rolls of 6,6.  Fire Damages.

22:29, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 12 using 4d6 with rolls of 2,1,4,5.  Damages.

22:28, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 13 using 1d20 with rolls of 13.  Critical?

This message was last edited by the GM at 03:20, Sat 08 Sept 2018.
Ano
player, 762 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 74/99
Tue 11 Sep 2018
at 02:08
  • msg #529

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano recovers from the dragon's attack, blowing out a breath to prevent the cold from seeping in.  He counters with a snap-kick to the dragon's jaw followed by a backhand/forehand combo to the creature's face, left side.  The blows are crushing and the drake rocks back, trying to get its bearings after.

Take 10 Reflex 10 + 9 = 19.
Take 10 on 3 attacks 24, 24, and 19 to hit.
22:05, Today: Eru, on behalf of Ano, rolled 25 using 3d10+12 ((6,6,1)).

Eru
GM, 1038 posts
Tue 11 Sep 2018
at 02:25
  • msg #530

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Hard Time's paralyzing ability seems to have no effect on the drakes.  They don't even pause.  Klale's opponent roars in fury and snaps with its jaws at the mighty blacksmith.  Teeth pierce flesh as a claw comes around, raking across the armor and finding seams [12 DMG].  Blood sprays across the ice as the second attack connects [6 DMG].  However, as Klale rocks back, the drake's other claw misses clean.  The cold begins to seep in through the wounds and Klale feels something similar to what those who face Hard Time might feel attempting to take hold.  [4 Cold DMG; Reflex save vs. DC 18 or take 1 STR DMG.]

Shaking off the attacks from Ano, his opponent lunges in with jaws and claws.  All three attacks score hits, the last claw particularly damaging.  More blood splatters as the talons find their mark in Ano's unprotected skin.  [DMG = 32 + 7 cold  Reflex Saves are automatic for you taking 10.]

Current Combat
Init     Name            HP    AC     Status
13       Klale           22    24     Glyph of Protection (+4 AC)
12       Ano            -47    17
12       Ice Drake 1    -57    19      Vulnerable to Fire; Ice-based Attacks
12       Ice Drake 2    -49    19      Vulnerable to Fire; Ice-based Attacks

{Klale is up, then Ano.  Please roll Reflex Save first, Klale.}

22:05, Today: Eru, on behalf of Ano, rolled 25 using 3d10+12.  Damage vs. Ice Drake.
22:14, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 1, rolled 31 using 1d20+12.  Attack vs. Klale.
22:15, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 1, rolled 29 using 1d20+10.  Claw Attack vs. Klale.
22:15, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 1, rolled 13 using 1d20+10.  Claw Attack vs. Klale.
22:17, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 1, rolled 12 using 2d6+5.  Bite DMG vs Klale.
22:18, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 1, rolled 6 using 1d8+2.  Claw DMG vs Klale.
22:20, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD1, rolled 4 using 1d6.  Cold Damage.

22:47, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 2, rolled 21 using 1d20+12.  Bite Attack vs. Ano.
22:47, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 2, rolled 19 using 1d20+10.  Claw Attack vs. Ano.
22:47, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 2, rolled 29 using 1d20+10.  Claw Attack vs. Ano.
22:49, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 1, rolled 15 using 2d6+5.  Bite Damage vs. Ano.
22:49, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 2, rolled 9 using 1d8+1d6+2.  Claw+cold damage vs. Ano.
22:49, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 2, rolled 15 using 1d8+1d6+2.  Claw+cold damage vs. Ano.

This message was last edited by the GM at 02:59, Tue 11 Sept 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1147 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 11 Sep 2018
at 04:08
  • msg #531

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale keeps working away.

To Hit is 35 and 30

Damages are 7+1+1 and 7+2+1   for 19. I didn't see where strength made a difference; if it does, Damage is 17.

21:04, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 3 using 2d8 with rolls of 1,2.  Fire.

21:04, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 13 using 4d6 with rolls of 4,2,1,6.  Damages.

21:03, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 12 using 1d20.  Critical?

Ano
player, 763 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 52/99
Wed 12 Sep 2018
at 01:39
  • msg #532

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano reels back from the large gashes and sucked air in through clenched teeth.  Ano attempts to rush in again aiming his strikes for the most vital parts.

Ano takes 10 one 3 attacks making a 24, 24, and 19 to hit.
21:31, Today: Ano rolled 32 using 3d10+12.  damage.
first attack is a stunning blow, DC 16


Eru
GM, 1039 posts
Wed 12 Sep 2018
at 03:16
  • msg #533

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Once again, Klale's giant sword does its job.  Huge gashes appear in the drake's scales.  It hesitates, caught between running and standing to fight.  Something in its eyes shows its fear of the big man.  It decides to bolt [Klale gets an AoO].

Ano's attacks are relentless as well.  The damage is so intense, the second drake backs away, but more cautiously as it attempts to disengage.  Unfortunately, the stunning fist seemed to work about as well as Hard Time's paralyzing effect.

Just to Klale's left, the ice of another pool shatters and a third drake emerges.  It roars its challenge and swipes, but completely misses.  On the other side of the cavern, near where Ano faces the retreating drake, a fourth drake emerges.  It isn't quite close enough to attack, but it roars and lumbers forth to engage.

Current Combat
Init     Name            HP    AC     Status
13       Klale          -22    24     Glyph of Protection (+4 AC)
12       Ano            -47    17
12       Ice Drake 1    -87    19      Vulnerable to Fire; Ice-based Attacks
12       Ice Drake 2    -81    19      Vulnerable to Fire; Ice-based Attacks
11       Ice Drake 3    - 0    19      Vulnerable to Fire; Ice-based
11       Ice Drake 3    - 0    19      Vulnerable to Fire; Ice-based
{Klale }


23:08, Today: Eru, for the NPC FD 2, rolled 18 using 1d20+10.  Fort Save vs. Stunning Fist.

This message was lightly edited by the GM at 02:34, Thu 27 Sept 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1148 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 12 Sep 2018
at 05:33
  • msg #534

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Unfortunately for the drake, its turn to run exposes it, and Klale is able to strike twice with great effect.

4+6+1+5 = 16   6+3+1+7 = 17  Damage = 33

22:28, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 12 using 2d8 with rolls of 5,7.  Fire Damages.

22:27, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 19 using 4d6 with rolls of 4,6,6,3.  Damages.

22:27, Today: Klale Tsolo rolled 10 using 1d20.  Critical?

Ano
player, 764 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 52/99
Sat 15 Sep 2018
at 15:38
  • msg #535

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano realizes the danger as two more drakes appear.  With one retreating it gave him a brief window to act.  Ano flowed through the kata that Shock had taught him and at the end he thrust his hands forward and hurled a bolt of lightning at the approaching drake shooting SHOCH! RA! OS! AL! TI! U! I!

11:30, Today: Ano rolled 19 using 1d20+4.  Lighting strike.

11:33, Today: Ano rolled 9 using 3d12+3.  Lighting damage.

Eru
GM, 1042 posts
Mon 17 Sep 2018
at 02:05
  • msg #536

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale's drake goes down, either dead or bleeding out.  As the lightning crackles over the new drake approaching Ano, the creature snarls in pain, but does not slow.  It swipes at Ano with a vicious swipe...

...that passes straight through the monk as if he is not there and on into the icy stone beyond, head first.

The other new drake attacks Klale, but its claws scrape across armor and do no damage.

Rising up behind where Ano's drake had been is Ys'shathas' smokey form.  She snorts the remnants of her breath weapon toward Klale's drake which sends it scurrying in fear.  "Come.  We do not have time for this nonsense."
Ano
player, 766 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Tue 25 Sep 2018
at 15:13
  • msg #537

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As the drakes run off Ano takes a moment to focus on closing up some of his wounds to stop the bleeding.  After that he looks up to the dragon.  "Thank you for the assistance.  We should check the side rooms quickly and them move deeper into the cave."

Ano heals 18 hit points with wholeness of body.
He will take a quick look at the side caves

Klale Tsolo
player, 1149 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 25 Sep 2018
at 16:13
  • msg #538

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale follows Ys'shathas. Lead on. I'm pretty much alright.

[Not sure how many HP Klale lost. I thin his Glyph of warding is used up.]
Ys'shathas
NPC, 3 posts
Dragon
Smoke
Thu 27 Sep 2018
at 02:37
  • msg #539

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragon nods and heads down one of the side tunnels.  There are a few icons here and there that she points out as traps.  She also explains how to avoid them, or simply uses her smoke breath to sink them into the stone rendering them useless.  At the end of this particular tunnel there is a deep pit filled with bones.  This looks like the Storm Dragon's eating chamber.  Other tunnels lead out.

At the moment, there is no one in here.  Down another tunnel, the three hear a strange sound, a deep sound that is hard to place, but has the feel of moaning to it.  Whatever is making the sound is definitely not human.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1150 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 27 Sep 2018
at 04:38
  • msg #540

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale is impressed. Ys'shathas, what you can do...if I ever have grandchildren, I can tell them...(Klale smiles) better yet, I hope you show them.

Sounds to me as if something is in pain...or maybe just a trick of the wind blowing through a passage. Anyway, I'm guessing that's the way our path leads.
Ano
player, 767 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Thu 27 Sep 2018
at 15:24
  • msg #541

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano nods in agreement "let's proceed but carefully."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1151 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 27 Sep 2018
at 17:01
  • msg #542

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale chuckles. Careful, that's us. ... But you are quite right, friend Ano. 'Specially when we are standing by a deep pit of bones.
Eru
GM, 1047 posts
Sun 30 Sep 2018
at 22:35
  • msg #543

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The tunnel is large and winds around for a bit.  The elder dragons would have no issues fitting through such a wide cave.  About a quarter of a mile in, the tunnel opens into a very large cavern open in places to the sky and covered in banks of snow.  In the center of the room, half-buried by the white mounds, is a Storm Dragon.

It breathes slowly, letting out an odd sounding moan when it exhales.  Its scales are mottled grey and in places don't even look like scales.  The three invaders are looking at it's back.  Its head and tail are on the far side.

"Ooooaaaaahhhhhhrrrrggghhhh...."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1152 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 1 Oct 2018
at 00:26
  • msg #544

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale motions so heads are close. He whispers Could it be that this dragon is old or sick, or both? Maybe we shoudl talk, maybe even help.
Ys'shathas
NPC, 4 posts
Dragon
Smoke
Mon 1 Oct 2018
at 01:42
  • msg #545

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The Smoke Dragon nods and steps to the left, fading into shadows to allow the Men to speak.
Ano
player, 768 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Mon 1 Oct 2018
at 15:41
  • msg #546

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano nods keep a safe distance
Klale Tsolo
player, 1153 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 1 Oct 2018
at 21:18
  • msg #547

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale steps where the sleeping dragon can see him when Klale wakes him. Klale holds Hard Time point resting on the floor and has his shield in hand.

Then he says as loudly as he things necessary Sir Dragon, I mean you no harm if you offer no harm. If you are in distress, perhaps you can be helped.
Eru
GM, 1048 posts
Mon 1 Oct 2018
at 22:57
  • msg #548

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragon's one good eye opens.  Half its face is covered in some kind of grey growth.  It looks like the dragon is being eaten alive by it.  Nearly half its mouth is covered as well.  The dragon's good eye is red and actual tears stream down in a small river from it.  "Myou must killmmm  meee.  Mmmdon't mlet mit spread.  Mmy lord comes to mmmmfight for mmmmarda.  Don't mmmresist his mmmmreturn."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1154 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 2 Oct 2018
at 00:16
  • msg #549

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale's face shows his sadness at the dragon's plight. I will do as you wish. Before I give you peace, who is your master?
Storm Dragon
Tue 2 Oct 2018
at 02:03
  • msg #550

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragon's eye stares at Klale for a long time before answering, as if it had to work up the will or energy to do so through the disease.  "MmmmmmmMMmmmMMMMmmMMMM...mmmMMMMmmm..mmmmelkor."  The last is said as a whisper, but something about the name causes a small echo in the cave, almost like a deep musical note.  It fades quickly, but the disease seems somehow affected by it.  It peels back at the edges, barely a finger width, no more.

The effect on the dragon itself is more profound.  Electrical energy courses over its body where the disease has not yet won.  He rises to his feet and roars at the sky, a bolt of lightning leaping from his throat into the clouds above.  His movements are erratic, but he does not come at the Men.

All too soon, the thrashing ends and the Storm Dragon lays back down, moaning in its pain and dread.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1155 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 2 Oct 2018
at 05:09
  • msg #551

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale raises his sword and points it at the dragon's eye. Be at peace, brave soul he says ready to thrust into the eye hilt deep.
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:02, Mon 08 Oct 2018.
Ano
player, 771 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Wed 3 Oct 2018
at 02:02
  • msg #552

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale, before you strike I think we should see if there is any way to save him.  something is altering this dragons form.  Perhaps a quick look around the area?  Ano begins to search the cave.

Ys'shathas have you seen anything like this before.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:04, Wed 03 Oct 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1157 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 3 Oct 2018
at 02:52
  • msg #553

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale holds up. He said to kill, but a short time probably won't hurt.
Ys'shathas
NPC, 5 posts
Dragon
Smoke
Mon 8 Oct 2018
at 03:00
  • msg #554

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

From the shadows, the Smoke Dragon answers Ano's question.  There is fear in her words, palpable fear.

"No, Ano.  I have neither seen nor heard anything like this in all my hundred years."
This message was last edited by the player at 03:01, Mon 08 Oct 2018.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1158 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 8 Oct 2018
at 03:05
  • msg #555

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale looks at Ano impatiently.
Storm Dragon
Tue 9 Oct 2018
at 03:13
  • msg #556

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano looks around the room for clues.  Ice fills the vast cavern, covers everything in a sparkling sheen.  Twenty dragons of a size with the Storm Dragon could fit in here comfortably.  Ledges extend sporadically around the walls far from the center where the current resident fights for his life.  From many of these, partially frozen waterfalls descend into beautiful pools of chilly water.

There is treasure too, under all the ice.  Glistening coin, weapons, armor, gems, even paintings, statues, and fine furniture.  A layer of thick ice protects these valuables, and they cannot be readily reached.  Something about the cavern suggests that the frozen nature is not its usual state, that the ice has intruded as part of the Storm Dragon's condition.  It's as if he normally kept things warmer and flowing, but no longer has the energy to do so.

In all that Ano and Klale examine, however, there is nothing connected to the transformative disease consuming the dragon.  Whatever is causing this is connected directly and only to the dragon.

One word escapes from the dragon in his agony.  "Mmmmmsssongmmmm."
Ys'shathas
NPC, 6 posts
Dragon
Smoke
Tue 9 Oct 2018
at 03:18
  • msg #557

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Song?  Was this caused by one of the Songs of Iluvatar?  Or perhaps a Dischord as punishment?"  Ys'shathas moves to the Storm Dragon and reaches out for the disease.  Before she touches it, though, she pulls back.  Instead, she breathes on it.  To her surprise, the stuff does not become intangible.

With eyes narrowed in contemplation, the Smoke Dragon moves around to the dragon side of the Storm Dragon.  She breathes again, this time on the draconic portion.  For a second it appears as if the parts touched by the smoke grow dimmer, but not quite translucent before the Storm Dragon roars in pain and the form returns to its typical solid state.

"How very interesting."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1160 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 9 Oct 2018
at 04:20
  • msg #558

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klake sings word his grandmother sang when he was on her knee:

"To Mercy, Pity, Peace, and Love,
   All pray in their distress,
   And to these virtues of delight
Return their thankfulness."  [Blake, The Divine Image, Songs of Innocence.]

And he adds a stave of his own:

"A kindness, a wish, peace, from love,
  I act from your distress,
  Accept this deed against a blight
And may Eru all us bless."

He stabs into the eye and into the skull.
Eru
GM, 1053 posts
Thu 11 Oct 2018
at 03:28
  • msg #559

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Weakened already by whatever assaulted it, the Storm Dragon dies with little more than a staticky sigh.  As it expires, the disease fades without a sound leaving only the part of the dragon not consumed.  Blood immediately pours out onto the ice, melting it and coating everything in dragon-blood.  The stench is vile, full of blood, feces, bile, and all the inner workings of dragons.
Ys'shathas
NPC, 7 posts
Dragon
Smoke
Thu 11 Oct 2018
at 03:30
  • msg #560

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ys'shathas steps back from the spreading wave of blood.  She looks at Klale for a long several seconds before finally saying, "that was messy."  Then she looks away and moves toward one of the tunnel exits to wait.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1161 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 11 Oct 2018
at 05:22
  • msg #561

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale, he hopes, finds the means to clean Hard Time. He joins Ys'shathas. I tried to be as quick and merciful as possible. ... Killing is a heavy thing to do. I was a simple blacksmith, a good one, and was conscripted into a battle between two lords. Then I wa drawn into all this. When I glimpsed what the stakes are, keeping Arda as is if not bettering the lands versus...well, you observed just now. Some time ago, we were by a lake, and the people there were diseased, I guess you'd call it, but they functioned. And I met a woman who joined us for a while. She left. I could have gone with her. Happy marriage, children.... I never even thought about abandoning all this. and somehow to resist that which is coming. One chooses as best one can, does as best one can....
Ano
player, 775 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Thu 11 Oct 2018
at 05:33
  • msg #562

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano looks down disappointed at the body of the storm dragon for a long time.  Just one more in a long line of victims he was unable to help.  If only they could have moved the dragon from this spot, perhaps like they did with Kornari, they could have stopped the corruption.

Ano leaves the main chamber and stalks towards the others.  This cannot continue.  Each side losing members until we are both to weak to survive.  We need to draw out this dragon master, and stop him and his plans for the dragons.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1162 posts
Human
Fighter
Thu 11 Oct 2018
at 06:05
  • msg #563

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale turns to Ano. I'm listening.
Eru
GM, 1054 posts
Thu 11 Oct 2018
at 13:16
  • msg #564

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

A shadow passes swiftly overhead, seen through the holes in the cavern ceiling.
Ano
player, 776 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Thu 11 Oct 2018
at 23:55
  • msg #565

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano looks up I think we have company.  Best we get moving.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1163 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 12 Oct 2018
at 03:41
  • msg #566

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale nods and looks for a good place from which to see and maybe not be seen.
Elder Dragons
Sun 14 Oct 2018
at 04:44
  • msg #567

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The two Men find hiding places from which to observe the next events.  An enormous dragon covered in black skin rather than scales lands in the midst of the room first.  It fills a tenth of the cavern having barely made it through the largest of the sky holes.  It's wings are riddled with holes and scars from possible past battles or perhaps decay.  Boney spines protrude from joints and all along the spine down to a tail the ends in a barb dripping with a black fluid.

It's eye sockets are sunk into its head and only a pinprick of deep violet can be seen in the depths.  Many of the dragon's teeth are angled funny, some useless, some overlapping.  A number are simply missing.  Obsidian talons jut from emaciated claws.  However, the dragon moves with a fluidity that says its looks are a lie about its strength.  If anything fit the description of a death dragon, this was it.

Next to it land four other dragons.  Two War Dragons all metal spikes and plates, a strange indigo-colored dragon smaller than the rest, but crackling with invisible energy - Eldritch by elimination, and another Storm Dragon.  It is the last dragon that speaks first.

"So I am the last, then."  It sniffs around then turns away from the carnage in the room.  "This is not the work of Men or dwarves.  Not even the younger dragons could have done something like this."

The Death Dragon buries its head in the carcass with a squelching sound.  After a time it withdraws and faces the others, gore dripping everywhere.  "Noo, thissss wassss not the work of the Enemy or the Massssster.  Thisssss wassss the Other."

"It cannot have come this far."  The Eldritch Dragon lowered itself to reveal a rider sitting on its shoulders.  The rider slipped down and approached the Death Dragon and the corpse without fear.  They looked down to examine the remains of the Storm Dragon, then turned away to face the Death Dragon.  "I don't doubt you are right, Kul'vaenurix, forgive my poor choice of words.  They were meant to express incredulity at the Other's power, not disbelief of your analysis."

The Death Dragon peered down at the rider, who was smaller than Ano, but seemed to still be the size of Men.  "Yesss, Dragon Massster.  The Other hassss rissssen in only two plasssessss, Mithlond and the Sssshrine of Morinehtar.  It sssseeemsss sssstrange that it hassss found root here.  We mussssst sssscour thissss lair clean according to the masssster'ssss will.  I cannot assssisssst in thissss.  Only a Disssschord or a sssssinger of renown could cleansssss the Other from thissss plasssssse."

The rider turns to face all the dragons and removes their helmet to reveal a woman's hair woven into a single tail tucked into her armor at the back.  "I can do it.  My grandfather was a world traveler and bard of renown.  I performed enough times with him before I left the Duchies that it will suffice for our purposes here."  The woman turns back to the carcass revealing her face finally to Ano and Klale.

It is Aashera Elend.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1165 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 14 Oct 2018
at 23:23
  • msg #568

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale looks at Ano, shrugs, and steps forth. Good day, Lady Asshera. It's been a long time. Though it's a sentence to make strong men shudder, "I think we need to talk."
Aashera Elend
NPC, 34 posts
Human
Ranger
Mon 15 Oct 2018
at 01:40
  • msg #569

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragons all whip their heads toward the blacksmith, each of them preparing to strike in their own way.

Aashera holds up a hand and each of them settle back down.  The Death Dragon slowest of all.

Aashera looks at Klale, but there is no joy in her face, no light in her eyes.  She examines Klale the way she might examine a pawn on a chess board.  "Klale Tsolo.  You have caused a lot of problems for me.  We do need to talk.  Are Toben, Phin, and Ano here with you?  What of Eles?"

[Roll Spot checks at DC 22 Ano and Klale.]
Klale Tsolo
player, 1166 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 15 Oct 2018
at 03:53
  • msg #570

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Any with me can speak for themselves. I can tell you that Phineas went away long ago, Eles before then.

If I've caused problems, it's inadvertent, and I now suspect that much trouble would have been saved by more communication and less...let's call it wariness...earlier.

He looks at the dragons. If I have offended, I beg forgiveness. For the latest, there was a storm dragon here, dying, suffering, greatly covered with some kind of gray stuff. The dragon begged me to kill him before it was too late. After no way to help him was found, I thrust my sword into the brain through an eye. The result you know.

Maybe that makes me "the Other", though I've no idea what that signifies.

This message was last edited by the player at 03:57, Mon 15 Oct 2018.
Ano
player, 778 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Mon 15 Oct 2018
at 21:37
  • msg #571

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano steps from behind their hiding place as well to stand close to Klale.  He stares wide eyed at Aashera.  "Thank goodness you are alright.  We wanted to back for you when you disappeared but the need to save the songs progressed to quickly for any of us.  I can assure you your father is in safe company."
Aashera Elend
NPC, 35 posts
Human
Ranger
Tue 16 Oct 2018
at 21:06
  • msg #572

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Aashera nods at the two Men's reports, but shows no emotion at the safety of her grandfather.  "Honest to the last.  One day that is going to get you killed."  She shakes her head and continues.  "Things are not what they seem.  First, what do you know of the 'disease' that affected Aksorufond?"  She indicates the corpse of the Storm Dragon.  "What do you know of the Other?"
Ano
player, 779 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Tue 16 Oct 2018
at 22:11
  • msg #573

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Today is the first time we have heard mention of the Other.  Up until now it has been us and the Songs up against the Discords.  We sided with the young dragons to defend them against the elders and you,  the dragon master." Ano had a hard time keeping his tone in check at the realization that a once friend is now on what seems to be an opposite side.  "Who do you serve now.  Are you working for the discords?"
Aashera Elend
NPC, 36 posts
Human
Ranger
Tue 16 Oct 2018
at 22:42
  • msg #574

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Aashera shakes her head.  "This is where all the misunderstanding lies, Ano.  We all serve the same purpose.  I don't work for anyone but me, but I work with the dragons and Melkor.  I also work toward the same purpose as Eru Iluvatar, the one these mighty beings call 'the Enemy' out of habit."  She glances at the dragons with disapproval.  They actually all turn away somewhat sheepishly at her reprimand.

"The Other is best described as an infection from a different realm.  It infects the body and traps the soul so that while the infection lasts, the soul is not in the body, but remains connected to it.  We have not found a way to completely reverse the effect, but we do know that sound, particularly beautiful music such as that aligned with Iluvatar, can cleanse the taint from an area and close the connection at that point.  None of our side but me has anything resembling that.  A Dischord can destroy the taint, but tends to destroy all connected to it as well.  A Dischord would have slain Aksorufond as you did.  A Song, we hypothesize, might heal him...reverse the process."

She looks back at the dragons then to Klale and Ano.  "We all need to stop fighting.  The Other is what drew Melkor back to Arda.  He is trying to enter it, not to destroy it as before, but to help save it from the Other."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1168 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 16 Oct 2018
at 23:00
  • msg #575

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

I sang before I slew, but maybe not long enough, or maybe I don't sing beautifully. You say there are connection points. So this taint is elsewhere? I know, as I said, we met some sick people  by a lake some time ago. Wasn't like what afflicted poor Aksorufond though. He also said not to resist Melkor. The old tales paint a dark picture; but, as the saying goes, "the enemy of my enemy is my friend."

By the way, do you know anything about a dragon named Kornari?

Now, is there a plan?

Aashera Elend
NPC, 37 posts
Human
Ranger
Wed 17 Oct 2018
at 00:05
  • msg #576

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"You sang and it had no noticeable effect?  I've never heard you sing, but quality has something to do with it.  Volume too.  Did you sing powerfully or softly?"

The dragons settle down as if this will be a long conversation and they are patient to wait for its conclusion.  The Death Dragon moves away from the corpse and the Men and finally settles on a ledge above.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1169 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 17 Oct 2018
at 04:14
  • msg #577

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

It was short. I did not think there was any reason to extend the suffering. I tried singing it as a lullaby.

My grandmother sang the first four lines when I was on her knee:

"To Mercy, Pity, Peace, and Love,
   All pray in their distress,
   And to these virtues of delight
Return their thankfulness."  [Blake, The Divine Image, Songs of Innocence.]

"A kindness, a wish, peace, from love,
  I act from your distress,
  Accept this deed against a blight
And may Eru all us bless."
Aashera Elend
NPC, 38 posts
Human
Ranger
Wed 17 Oct 2018
at 04:37
  • msg #578

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Aashera nods.  "That is why you did not see any effect.  Your voice was too soft.  It is not the content of the words but the strength and harmony of the sound.  Strength alone destroys the infestation.  Strength with harmony can sometimes cause it to recede, leaving the original material behind.  The Dischords cannot sing harmony unless Melkor returns to the world."

She places a hand on her hip and looks over at Ano.  "I listened, at first because I had no choice, but later because their story made sense.  We did not know each other long, so I cannot impose on that friendship to ask you to listen with open minds now, yet I must.  For the sake of Arda, will you come with us and hear more?  You have my word no harm will come to you."
Ano
player, 781 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Wed 17 Oct 2018
at 04:52
  • msg #579

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano looks for a long time at Aashera before responding "I am inclined to listen.  Some of what you have said has shed some light on what we have just seen befall this poor dragon." He looks past her at the other dragons "I would seek more then just your word,  i would have theirs as well.  Also i will not continue this conversation any further if i believe you are lying to me about my next question""

After a short pause to collect his thoughts "Before they called you dragon master.  I need to hear it from you now.  Do you have any knowledge on the whereabouts of Naurel the song of fire?"
Eldritch Dragon
Sat 20 Oct 2018
at 00:59
  • msg #580

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Instead of Aasha, it is the Eldritch Dragon that responds, and that with a chortle.  "Aasha doesn't know that maniac.  He took off before she arrived in the Withered Heath.  If you're searching for him, you're wasting your time.  He's a wildfire.  You want to know the real reason the Elder Dragons and the whelps are fighting?  It's him.  He lit the fire under them, so to speak."
Aashera Elend
NPC, 39 posts
Human
Ranger
Sat 20 Oct 2018
at 01:07
  • msg #581

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Aashera looks at Ano for a moment, shakes her head and shrugs.  "You can ask them for their word, but it's odd that you'd accept it considering who they serve."  She turns to the side as a sign the dragons have her consent to respond.

Each of them nods their head and speaks words of affirmation to Ano's request, the Death Dragon slowest and last of all.

]
Klale Tsolo
player, 1172 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 24 Oct 2018
at 23:22
  • msg #582

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale looks confused. "...lit a fire...."? I don't understand.
Eldritch Dragon
Thu 25 Oct 2018
at 00:51
  • msg #583

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The dragon rolls its eyes at Klale.  "Of course a Man would struggle with idioms.  Short of days, wisdom, and intelligence.  I will use small words so as to help you understand little one.  Your Song of Fire caused the younglings to encroach on our lands first.  We have had peace for a thousand years, peace since the death of Smaug the Flaming Storm.  Then Naurel, Song of Fire, provoked the hatchlings to come poking about.  Two of them started poking about in a lair where they shouldn't have been and almost lost their heads to a lair trap.  Now they blame us for starting all this, but until they attacked us, we had never taken a life of another dragon.  We are too focused on the Master's return and his fight against the Other."
Ano
player, 784 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Thu 25 Oct 2018
at 02:12
  • msg #584

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano turns to Klale It sounds like we need to have some words with our side.  Perhaps they have not been fully honest. For now I feel like we should trust aashera.

Where would you have us go to share what information we have.?
Aashera Elend
NPC, 40 posts
Human
Ranger
Thu 25 Oct 2018
at 03:08
  • msg #585

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"The other dragon master and I, Voroch, have a kind of home west of here.  The two of you are welcome."  She turns to peer into the shadows.  "Your little pet dragonet is not."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1173 posts
Human
Fighter
Fri 26 Oct 2018
at 21:42
  • msg #586

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

My friend comes and goes at her or his own will. Thinking it over, I believe we should return to our comrade dragons, explain the situation, and set up a place to meet to lay joint plans.
Aashera Elend
NPC, 41 posts
Human
Ranger
Sat 27 Oct 2018
at 03:05
  • msg #587

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The War Dragon starts to speak, but Aashera cuts the dragon off.  "I think that is acceptable.  A show of good faith and support for what we have been saying.  I will assure you that no other Elder Dragons will attack for three days so long as the dragonets stay out of our territory.  At the end of three days, I will send Kul'vaenurix just after sunset to the edge of Elder Dragon territory to hear your response.  He will have my full authority to negotiate a meeting."

Aashera stares pointedly at Klale.  "Know this, the longer we wait, the more time the Other has to act.  Take your dragonet and leave here.  We will care for the corpse of our own."
Ano
player, 785 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Wed 31 Oct 2018
at 00:41
  • msg #588

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano nods Very well.  We will inform the young dragons that a truce is in effect.  We will meet in three days as you have said.
Aashera Elend
NPC, 42 posts
Human
Ranger
Wed 31 Oct 2018
at 01:17
  • msg #589

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Aashera nods but says nothing more.  She moves to the side of the cave and leans against a wall, waiting for Ano, Klale, and the Smoke Dragon to leave peacefully so that she and her entourage can dispose of the Storm Dragon's corpse as they see fit.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1174 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 31 Oct 2018
at 02:06
  • msg #590

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale leaves.
Eru
GM, 1069 posts
Mon 12 Nov 2018
at 03:53
  • msg #591

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale and Ano arrive back at the Dwarf town and the council is called.  By mid-afternoon all the healthy - and several of the injured - have come to hear the news.  Rumors abound but most of them contradict or make no sense at all.

Before anyone calls the meeting to order, someone points up to the sky.  Windfang returns with Ryland and Toben on his back along with another, slighter figure.  Upon landing, the surprise washes through the crowd like a tidal wave.  The third rider is an elf!
Klale Tsolo
player, 1176 posts
Human
Fighter
Mon 12 Nov 2018
at 06:57
  • msg #592

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale turns to the Dwarves or dragons, or both. If you have food suitable for this dragon, please make it available.

He then runs to the arrivals. THANK ERU YOU'RE SAFELY HERE!
Ano
player, 789 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Tue 13 Nov 2018
at 02:42
  • msg #593

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ano seems to be having words with some of the dragons.  When it is announced that the other have returned Ano follows Klale at a brisk pace,  a scowl on his face.
Ryland Vance
player, 369 posts
Human
Bard
Tue 13 Nov 2018
at 03:02
  • msg #594

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland disembarks from Windfang, pating a hand on the dragon's shoulder. "Thank you, Windfang. The journey would have been impossible without you". Seeing Klale and Ano approaching, he glances back at Toben and Draugion. "It would appear our friends managed to not be eaten as well. This is certainly shaping up to be a fine day, all things considered".
Draugion Gildor
player, 42 posts
Elf
Ranger
Tue 13 Nov 2018
at 03:18
  • msg #595

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Draugion looks at Ryland and Toben inquisitively. "Where exactly are we?"
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1511 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 13 Nov 2018
at 03:28
  • msg #596

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben smirks. "Yes, all things considered, I suppose."

The young mage waves his hand out at the lands before them. "This is the Withered Heath. Home to many creatures we thought long passed over, dragons."

He walks over to greet Ano and Klale. "I'm glad to see the two of you again. I wasn't quite sure we'd ever make it back, much less with most of the components Delunaur asked for."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1177 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 13 Nov 2018
at 06:47
  • msg #597

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

But not all? a worried Klale asks.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1512 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 13 Nov 2018
at 19:24
  • msg #598

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

With disappointed clearly visible in his expression, Toben sighs slightly. "No. We still lack the tear. We were abruptly forced from the region we were in due to an overwhelming presence that was..." He pauses for a moment to find the right word. "... transforming its inhabitants into horrible perversions of their former selves. It appeared reversible in some cases, but we had to flee none the less."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1178 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 13 Nov 2018
at 22:20
  • msg #599

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The tear...please refresh my memory.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1513 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 13 Nov 2018
at 23:40
  • msg #600

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben pulls out his journal and begins thumbing through the page. "Tear, tear." He flips through a few more pages. "Tear! Here we are. A tear from a being of evil shed as it turns to good and captured in the chalice. The chalice, of course, refers to a chalice of elfin make from the 1st Age, the first item. We also have hobbit made carving and the blood of an Ulairi."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1179 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 00:04
  • msg #601

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

How about a tear from the lady herself?
Ryland Vance
player, 371 posts
Human
Bard
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 02:38
  • msg #602

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Could it have been that simple all along?".
Ano
player, 790 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 03:12
  • msg #603

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

We tried that before you left.  She said here tears would not work. Ano seems visibly agitated I think we have an idea about what was causing people to change.  I think you should join us at the council with the young dragons in order for us to avoid repeating information and using up time.  We have a few days before we need to leave,  and I feel we have not been told whole truths.
Eru
GM, 1071 posts
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 14:05
  • msg #604

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

The group rejoins the circle of dragons.

Draugion, in particular, looks around in wonder.  The dragons are not the only sight to behold, though nearly a hundred of them collected together like this is certainly something out of elfin legends.  The 'Withered Heath', as Toben referred to it, is not withered here at all.  Though they had flown over a portion of this enormous valley that would fit that description - a place where Windfang had said the evil, elder dragons lived - this place is verdant, thriving.  It is a rolling plains dotted by copses of trees, bushes, flowers, and even lakes and rivers.  To the south only a few yards, is the base of a mountain range - the Grey Mountains.  Within those mountains is a dwarven-made entrance to a cavern system that leads no doubt to an industrious dwarven town within.

The dragons themselves are similar in size to Windfang.  None are larger than an oliaphaunt, though they come in a wide variety.  There seems to be an inner circle that Windfang is asked to join.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1515 posts
Human
Scholar
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 14:54
  • msg #605

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben meanders his way through the impressive maze of dragons to find a seat close to the inner circle. He takes note of all the various types of dragons he passes by, or as best as he can, before finally finding a suitable place to sit within acceptable visual and earshot range of the meeting.

He leans over to Ano, "This sight gets more impressive every time I see it. No doubt, Windfang will share with the others what we encountered on our journey."
Windfang
NPC, 32 posts
Dragon
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 15:08
  • msg #606

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Windfang takes his seat near the center.  "G'day all.  There is a lot to tell, though I think Ryland would tell it betta.  He and Toben witnessed more than I.  When we arrived in the Grey Havens, I was almost immediately attacked by somethin' in the bay.  We had a tussle, but I came out on top after a while.  Those...things, the Vile'ek, don't like sound, especially song."  He chuckles and several other dragons chuckle along with him.

"Anyway, I took up the search for our friends here and by the time I'd found them, they'd rescued some prisoners and summoned a big baddy that we managed to flee.  After one more battle with a rather large flying Vile'ek, with a little help from some warriors from Gondor, we returned here.  The freed prisoners returned to Gondor except for Draugion who looks to join up with the party."  He turns to Ryland and Toben with a grin that asks 'how did I do'?
Ryland Vance
player, 373 posts
Human
Bard
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 16:11
  • msg #607

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland nods to Windfang. He steps out a few paces and picks up the story. "Ladies and dragons" he says, giving a low bow. "The vile'ek, as we were told they are called, stem from an unknown origin. I surmise they're hundreds of years old, given that when forced to revert out of their unnatural state, many became the likes of beings not seen for nearly an age: hobbits and elves. As Windfang said, they strongly dislike music; a discovery that yours truly pioneered as we fought back scores of the beasts. Well.. Mostly me, but I digress! I believe it to be something more akin to the positive energy of cheer and spirit, and not so much my virtuoso playing. Their strikes seems to drain the very cheer from ones soul - though admittedly this observation is mostly second hand, as it takes more than an amalgamated monstrosity of concentrated doom and despair to outsmart your friendly local bard. But again, I digress. At the center of it all there was some shadowy evil that we couldn't quite pinpoint what it was. I would like to presume it to be the source of these beasts, but I can neither confirm no deny at this time. As we made our valiant egress from the city of gloom, we were in fact chased by an incredibly large vile'ek, big enough to blot out the sun. We assaulted it with both wit and expertise, never giving quarter and accosting the thing until it shrank back into submission. The disturbing part about it all was what was underneath the evil outer shell. It appeared to be a Balrog. Something too like elves and hobbits, not seen for many, many years. But even still, Balrog or not, the wicked and sniveling thing knew when it was beaten, and back to the shadows it went, flame and all before our final glimpse showed the Vile'ek sickness reclaiming its body underneath. I do not claim to know the full strength of the enemy, but I can say that bit is great, and it is terrible".

Ryland gives a quick nod and steps back to his position.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1516 posts
Human
Scholar
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 16:26
  • msg #608

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben smiles to himself and looks down at the ground. Under his breath, he says "It's a blessing you are humble, Ryland, otherwise that speech might have gotten a bit out of hand."
Ryland Vance
player, 374 posts
Human
Bard
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 18:40
  • msg #609

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland whispers back "It's a gift, really".
Ano
player, 794 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 23:09
  • msg #610

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

As Ryland finishes Ano whispers back to Toben The sight has become less awe inspiring to me as of late.

Ano moves to the center of the council ready to speak before them.  To recap for those who have just returned, over the past number of days Klale and I have been helping the young dragons in their fight against the elder dragons.   We have been through many battles most of which are not important to what we discuss today.  Recently we decided the best way to proceed would be to attack individual elder dragons in their lairs to cut down their numbers.  This went well enough with the attack on the war dragon despite our losses.

Yesterday we moved to attack a storm dragon in its layer.  When we arrived we found the dragon rendered virtually helpless due to a terrible sickness.  Its body was being consumed by a growth that had almost completely enveloped the dragon.  With few options we put the dragon out of its misery.

Before we could leave four elder dragons arrived with a rider.
With this Ano turns to Toben It was Aashera.
She seems to be in charge of the elder dragons.  We were able to talk with them briefly.  According to her the dragons serve Melkor.  He wants to enter into our world in order to stop a being they refer to as The Other.  It is The Other who is responsible for the corruption of beings and I assume the Vile'ek you saw.  She told us that song could help to remove the corruption from affected creatures.


Ano raised his voice to address all the dragons listening his tone becoming almost angry We also spoke with the elder dragons.  We will meet with them in 3 days to discuss what we know of The Other and talk about ending this fight. Until that time there will be no acts of aggression from either side.  Make sure that happen.

I also heard some interesting details I feel were left out when we arrived.  They told me that it was the Song of fire who pushed the young dragons to enter the elders territory and the young dragons who made the first attack.  Is this true?

Ryland Vance
player, 375 posts
Human
Bard
Wed 14 Nov 2018
at 23:21
  • msg #611

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland leans back in to Toben. "This is getting good. The stuff of legends even".
Lucifariel
Thu 15 Nov 2018
at 02:14
  • msg #612

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Many of the dragons have surprised looks on their face.  Some even outrage.  Lucifariel, the Light Dragon holds out a claw to forestall their angry comments.  Once the gathered dragons have quieted, he turns back to Ano with a calm expression, though there is an edge to his voice.  "No.  It is not true.  We appreciate that you are upset, but we also appreciate that you have asked rather than accused.  I would ask in turn that you consider the source of this 'new' information.  Also, consider, why would a servant of Eru Iluvatar do that which is evil?"
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1517 posts
Human
Scholar
Thu 15 Nov 2018
at 03:39
  • msg #613

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

A distinct look of surprise washes over Toben's face at the mention of Aashera. With all the information revealed in such a brief period of time, it seems to be the only thing that really sticks. "Aashera? She's still alive? I don't quite understand. She's the dragon master? How? Why? I would have never thought she would turn down that path."
Ano
player, 795 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Fri 16 Nov 2018
at 14:25
  • msg #614

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

According to her, her only path is to stop The Other from its goals.  She seems to be in charge of the elder dragons in some way but I dont know if she is the dragon master we have heard about.  We had little time to discuss events but she will ne at the meeting between the elders and us.
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1518 posts
Human
Scholar
Fri 16 Nov 2018
at 14:32
  • msg #615

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I'm afraid we have even less time than we expect. According to Gwaelind, we only have about 36 hours left to help Delunaur. After that, he believes our window of opportunity is gone. We need to convene with them and see what sort of options we have. We need that tear."
Ryland Vance
player, 376 posts
Human
Bard
Sun 18 Nov 2018
at 05:10
  • msg #616

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"I'd also like to point out that the whole "enemy of my enemy is my friend" thing sounds good in conversation, but in actually practice?.. I've had enough daggers pointed at my back to know there is always a catch. The bad ones don't just wake up one day and decide to save the world. Couple that with the enemy's forces trying to raze Therion and pillage the countryside? No tactical value there in my opinion, to a being that claims it wants what we want. This whole situation reeks of treachery and setup. With the dark stars tied to Morgoth, and the damage they've managed to inflict as well, I get the distinct impression we're being fed half truths. The elder dragons are just icing on the sweetroll".
Klale Tsolo
player, 1181 posts
Human
Fighter
Sun 18 Nov 2018
at 08:36
  • msg #617

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale says I'm out of idea. Let's go talk with Delunaur and Gwaelind.
Ano
player, 796 posts
Human Monk
AC17(FF14, T17) HP 70/99
Tue 20 Nov 2018
at 07:55
  • msg #618

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

I agree Ryland.  I dont like the idea of dark forces entering the world.   The elder dragons seem to be under control as long as we feel we can trust Aashera.  But we still have some time before we have to deal with that meeting.  let us see if we can't figure out this business with Delunaur first.
Ryland Vance
player, 377 posts
Human
Bard
Tue 20 Nov 2018
at 13:27
  • msg #619

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Ryland motions towards the cave where Delunuar should be staying. "Shall we then?".
Toben Ironsprings
player, 1519 posts
Human
Scholar
Tue 20 Nov 2018
at 14:57
  • msg #620

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Toben nods. "Yes, let's. We need to fill them in on what we know." He begins making his way to where the Maia were staying.
Klale Tsolo
player, 1183 posts
Human
Fighter
Tue 27 Nov 2018
at 23:39
  • msg #621

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

Klale has a thought to share with the dragons. Do you know of a dragon who is, say out for herself or himself, with little heed for how her or his actions affect others?
Georrasque
NPC, 25 posts
Dragon
Geomancer
Tue 27 Nov 2018
at 23:57
  • msg #622

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

"Sounds like the elder dragons."
Klale Tsolo
player, 1184 posts
Human
Fighter
Wed 28 Nov 2018
at 05:09
  • msg #623

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

So, could we target one? By the way, are any of you worried about, to put it this way, turning evil when you reach a certain size?
Eru
GM, 1107 posts
Thu 18 Apr 2019
at 19:14
  • msg #624

Chapter 8: Running with the Dragons

[Sorry I missed this last question, Klale.]

The dragons shake their heads 'no'.  All agree they are free-willed and choose who to serve, both the elder dragons and the younger.
Sign In